draft-ietf-sip-rfc2543bis-08.txt  -->   draft-ietf-sip-rfc2543bis-09.txt-668730.txt

view Side-By-Side changes






Internet Engineering Task Force                                   SIP WG
Internet Draft                                              J. Rosenberg
                                                             dynamicsoft
                                                          H. Schulzrinne
                                                             Columbia U.
                                                            G. Camarillo
                                                                Ericsson
                                                             A. Johnston
                                                                Worldcom
                                                             J. Peterson
                                                                 Neustar
                                                               R. Sparks
                                                             dynamicsoft
                                                              M. Handley
                                                                   ACIRI
                                                             E. Schooler
                                                                    AT&T
draft-ietf-sip-rfc2543bis-08.txt
draft-ietf-sip-rfc2543bis-09.txt
February 21, 27, 2002
Expires: Aug 2002


                    SIP: Session Initiation Protocol

STATUS OF THIS MEMO

   This document is an Internet-Draft and is in full conformance with
   all provisions of Section 10 of RFC2026.

   Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering
   Task Force (IETF), its areas, and its working groups.  Note that
   other groups may also distribute working documents as Internet-
   Drafts.

   Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months
   and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any
   time.  It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference
   material or to cite them other than as "work in progress".

   The list of current Internet-Drafts can be accessed at
   http://www.ietf.org/ietf/1id-abstracts.txt

   To view the list Internet-Draft Shadow Directories, see
   http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html.

Abstract

   The Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) is an application-layer control



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                          [Page 1]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   (signaling) protocol for creating, modifying, and terminating
   sessions with one or more participants. These sessions include
   Internet telephone calls, multimedia distribution, and multimedia
   conferences.

   SIP invitations used to create sessions carry session descriptions
   that allow participants to agree on a set of compatible media types.
   SIP makes use of elements called proxy servers to help route requests
   to the user's current location, authenticate and authorize users for
   services, implement provider call-routing policies, and provide
   features to users. SIP also provides a registration function that
   allows users to upload their current locations for use by proxy
   servers.  SIP runs on top of several different transport protocols.






































J. Rosenberg et. al.                                          [Page 2]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002






                           Table of Contents



   1          Introduction ........................................    3   10
   2          Overview of SIP Functionality .......................    3   10
   3          Terminology .........................................    4   11
   4          Overview of Operation ...............................    5   12
   5          Structure of the Protocol ...........................   12   19
   6          Definitions .........................................   14   21
   7          SIP Messages ........................................   21   28
   7.1        Requests ............................................   21   28
   7.2        Responses ...........................................   22   29
   7.3        Header Fields .......................................   23   30
   7.3.1      Header Field Format .................................   24   31
   7.3.2      Header Field Classification .........................   27   34
   7.3.3      Compact Form ........................................   27   34
   7.4        Bodies ..............................................   27   34
   7.4.1      Message Body Type ...................................   27   34
   7.4.2      Message Body Length .................................   28   35
   7.5        Framing SIP messages ................................   28   35
   8          General User Agent Behavior .........................   28   35
   8.1        UAC Behavior ........................................   29   36
   8.1.1      Generating the Request ..............................   29   36
   8.1.1.1    Request-URI .........................................   29   36
   8.1.1.2    To ..................................................   30   37
   8.1.1.3    From ................................................   31   38
   8.1.1.4    Call-ID .............................................   32   39
   8.1.1.5    CSeq ................................................   32   39
   8.1.1.6    Max-Forwards ........................................   33   40
   8.1.1.7    Via .................................................   33   40
   8.1.1.8    Contact .............................................   34   41
   8.1.1.9    Supported and Require ...............................   35   42
   8.1.1.10   Additional Message Components .......................   35   42
   8.1.2      Sending the Request .................................   35   42
   8.1.3      Processing Responses ................................   36   43
   8.1.3.1    Transaction Layer Errors ............................   36   43
   8.1.3.2    Unrecognized Responses ..............................   37   44
   8.1.3.3    Vias ................................................   37   44
   8.1.3.4    Processing 3xx Responses ............................   37   44
   8.1.3.5    Processing 4xx Responses ............................   39   46
   8.2        UAS Behavior ........................................   40   47
   8.2.1      Method Inspection ...................................   40   47
   8.2.2      Header Inspection ...................................   41   48
   8.2.2.1    To and Request-URI ..................................   41   48



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                          [Page i] 3]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   8.2.2.2    Merged Requests .....................................   41   48
   8.2.2.3    Require .............................................   42   49
   8.2.3      Content Processing ..................................   43   50
   8.2.4      Applying Extensions .................................   43   50
   8.2.5      Processing the Request ..............................   43   51
   8.2.6      Generating the Response .............................   44   51
   8.2.6.1    Sending a Provisional Response ......................   44   51
   8.2.6.2    Headers and Tags ....................................   44   51
   8.2.7      Stateless UAS Behavior ..............................   45   52
   8.3        Redirect Servers ....................................   45   52
   9          Canceling a Request .................................   47   54
   9.1        Client Behavior .....................................   48   55
   9.2        Server Behavior .....................................   49   56
   10         Registrations .......................................   50   57
   10.1       Overview ............................................   50   57
   10.2       Constructing the REGISTER Request ...................   51   58
   10.2.1     Adding Bindings .....................................   54   61
   10.2.1.1   Setting the Expiration Interval of Contact
   Addresses ......................................................   54   62
   10.2.1.2   Preferences among Contact Addresses .................   55   62
   10.2.2     Removing Bindings ...................................   55   62
   10.2.3     Fetching Bindings ...................................   56   63
   10.2.4     Refreshing Bindings .................................   56   63
   10.2.5     Setting the Internal Clock ..........................   56   63
   10.2.6     Discovering a Registrar .............................   56   63
   10.2.7     Transmitting a Request ..............................   57   64
   10.2.8     Error Responses .....................................   57   64
   10.3       Processing REGISTER Requests ........................   57   64
   11         Querying for Capabilities ...........................   60   68
   11.1       Construction of OPTIONS Request .....................   61   68
   11.2       Processing of OPTIONS Request .......................   62   69
   12         Dialogs .............................................   63   70
   12.1       Creation of a Dialog ................................   64   71
   12.1.1     UAS behavior ........................................   65   72
   12.1.2     UAC Behavior ........................................   66   73
   12.2       Requests within a Dialog ............................   67   74
   12.2.1     UAC Behavior ........................................   67   74
   12.2.1.1   Generating the Request ..............................   67   74
   12.2.1.2   Processing the Responses ............................   70   77
   12.2.2     UAS Behavior ........................................   70   77
   12.3       Termination of a Dialog .............................   72   79
   13         Initiating a Session ................................   72   79
   13.1       Overview ............................................   72   79
   13.2       UAC Processing ......................................   73   80
   13.2.1     Creating the Initial INVITE .........................   73   80
   13.2.2     Processing INVITE Responses .........................   75   82
   13.2.2.1   1xx responses .......................................   75   82
   13.2.2.2   3xx responses .......................................   75   83



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                          [Page ii] 4]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   13.2.2.3   4xx, 5xx and 6xx responses ..........................   75   83
   13.2.2.4   2xx responses .......................................   76   83
   13.3       UAS Processing ......................................   77   84
   13.3.1     Processing of the INVITE ............................   77   84
   13.3.1.1   Progress ............................................   78   85
   13.3.1.2   The INVITE is redirected ............................   79   86
   13.3.1.3   The INVITE is rejected ..............................   79   86
   13.3.1.4   The INVITE is accepted ..............................   79   86
   14         Modifying an Existing Session .......................   80   87
   14.1       UAC Behavior ........................................   81   88
   14.2       UAS Behavior ........................................   82   89
   15         Terminating a Session ...............................   83   91
   15.1       Terminating a Session with a BYE Request ............   84   92
   15.1.1     UAC Behavior ........................................   84   92
   15.1.2     UAS Behavior ........................................   85   92
   16         Proxy Behavior ......................................   85   93
   16.1       Overview ............................................   85   93
   16.2       Stateful Proxy ......................................   86   94
   16.3       Request Validation ..................................   88   95
   16.4       Route Information Preprocessing .....................   90   97
   16.5       Determining request targets .........................   91   98
   16.6       Request Forwarding ..................................   93  100
   16.7       Response Processing .................................  101  108
   16.8       Processing Timer C ..................................  109  117
   16.9       Handling Transport Errors ...........................  110  117
   16.10      CANCEL Processing ...................................  110  117
   16.11      Stateless Proxy .....................................  111  118
   16.12      Summary of Proxy Route Processing ...................  113  120
   16.12.1    Examples ............................................  113  121
   16.12.1.1  Basic SIP Trapezoid .................................  113  121
   16.12.1.2  Traversing a strict-routing proxy ...................  115  123
   16.12.1.3  Rewriting Record-Route header field values ..........  117  125
   17         Transactions ........................................  118  126
   17.1       Client Transaction ..................................  120  128
   17.1.1     INVITE Client Transaction ...........................  121  128
   17.1.1.1   Overview of INVITE Transaction ......................  121  129
   17.1.1.2   Formal Description ..................................  121  129
   17.1.1.3   Construction of the ACK Request .....................  125  132
   17.1.2     Non-INVITE Client Transaction .......................  126  133
   17.1.2.1   Overview of the non-INVITE Transaction ..............  126  133
   17.1.2.2   Formal Description ..................................  126  134
   17.1.3     Matching Responses to Client Transactions ...........  127  135
   17.1.4     Handling Transport Errors ...........................  129  135
   17.2       Server Transaction ..................................  129  137
   17.2.1     INVITE Server Transaction ...........................  129  137
   17.2.2     Non-INVITE Server Transaction .......................  132  140
   17.2.3     Matching Requests to Server Transactions ............  133  141
   17.2.4     Handling Transport Errors ...........................  135  143



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                          [Page iii] 5]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   18         Transport ...........................................  135  143
   18.1       Clients .............................................  136  144
   18.1.1     Sending Requests ....................................  136  144
   18.1.2     Receiving Responses .................................  138  146
   18.2       Servers .............................................  139  146
   18.2.1     Receiving Requests ..................................  139  146
   18.2.2     Sending Responses ...................................  140  148
   18.3       Framing .............................................  141  149
   18.4       Error Handling ......................................  141  149
   19         Common Message Components ...........................  142  149
   19.1       SIP and SIPS Uniform Resource Indicators ............  142  149
   19.1.1     SIP and SIPS URI Components .........................  142  150
   19.1.2     Character Escaping Requirements .....................  146  153
   19.1.3     Example SIP and SIPS URIs ...........................  147  155
   19.1.4     URI Comparison ......................................  148  155
   19.1.5     Forming Requests from a URI .........................  151  158
   19.1.6     Relating SIP URIs and tel URLs ......................  152  160
   19.2       Option Tags .........................................  154  161
   19.3       Tags ................................................  154  162
   20         Header Fields .......................................  155  162
   20.1       Accept ..............................................  158  164
   20.2       Accept-Encoding .....................................  159  166
   20.3       Accept-Language .....................................  159  167
   20.4       Alert-Info ..........................................  160  167
   20.5       Allow ...............................................  160  168
   20.6       Authentication-Info .................................  161  168
   20.7       Authorization .......................................  161  168
   20.8       Call-ID .............................................  161  169
   20.9       Call-Info ...........................................  162  169
   20.10      Contact .............................................  162  170
   20.11      Content-Disposition .................................  163  171
   20.12      Content-Encoding ....................................  164  172
   20.13      Content-Language ....................................  165  173
   20.14      Content-Length ......................................  165  173
   20.15      Content-Type ........................................  165  173
   20.16      CSeq ................................................  166  174
   20.17      Date ................................................  166  174
   20.18      Error-Info ..........................................  166  174
   20.19      Expires .............................................  167  175
   20.20      From ................................................  167  175
   20.21      In-Reply-To .........................................  168  176
   20.22      Max-Forwards ........................................  168  176
   20.23      Min-Expires .........................................  169  177
   20.24      MIME-Version ........................................  169  177
   20.25      Organization ........................................  169  177
   20.26      Priority ............................................  170  178
   20.27      Proxy-Authenticate ..................................  170  178
   20.28      Proxy-Authorization .................................  171  179



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                          [Page iv] 6]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   20.29      Proxy-Require .......................................  171  179
   20.30      Record-Route ........................................  172  179
   20.31      Reply-To ............................................  172  180
   20.32      Require .............................................  172  180
   20.33      Retry-After .........................................  173  181
   20.34      Route ...............................................  173  181
   20.35      Server ..............................................  173  181
   20.36      Subject .............................................  174  182
   20.37      Supported ...........................................  174  182
   20.38      Timestamp ...........................................  174  182
   20.39      To ..................................................  175  183
   20.40      Unsupported .........................................  175  183
   20.41      User-Agent ..........................................  176  183
   20.42      Via .................................................  176  184
   20.43      Warning .............................................  177  185
   20.44      WWW-Authenticate ....................................  179  186
   21         Response Codes ......................................  179  187
   21.1       Provisional 1xx .....................................  179  187
   21.1.1     100 Trying ..........................................  179  187
   21.1.2     180 Ringing .........................................  179  187
   21.1.3     181 Call Is Being Forwarded .........................  179  187
   21.1.4     182 Queued ..........................................  180  188
   21.1.5     183 Session Progress ................................  180  188
   21.2       Successful 2xx ......................................  180  188
   21.2.1     200 OK ..............................................  180  188
   21.3       Redirection 3xx .....................................  180  188
   21.3.1     300 Multiple Choices ................................  180  188
   21.3.2     301 Moved Permanently ...............................  181  189
   21.3.3     302 Moved Temporarily ...............................  181  189
   21.3.4     305 Use Proxy .......................................  181  189
   21.3.5     380 Alternative Service .............................  182  189
   21.4       Request Failure 4xx .................................  182  190
   21.4.1     400 Bad Request .....................................  182  190
   21.4.2     401 Unauthorized ....................................  182  190
   21.4.3     402 Payment Required ................................  182  190
   21.4.4     403 Forbidden .......................................  182  190
   21.4.5     404 Not Found .......................................  182  190
   21.4.6     405 Method Not Allowed ..............................  182  190
   21.4.7     406 Not Acceptable ..................................  183  190
   21.4.8     407 Proxy Authentication Required ...................  183  191
   21.4.9     408 Request Timeout .................................  183  191
   21.4.10    410 Gone ............................................  183  191
   21.4.11    413 Request Entity Too Large ........................  183  191
   21.4.12    414 Request-URI Too Long ............................  183  191
   21.4.13    415 Unsupported Media Type ..........................  184  191
   21.4.14    416 Unsupported URI Scheme ..........................  184  192
   21.4.15    420 Bad Extension ...................................  184  192
   21.4.16    421 Extension Required ..............................  184  192



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                          [Page v] 7]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   21.4.17    423 Interval Too Brief ..............................  184  192
   21.4.18    480 Temporarily Unavailable .........................  184  192
   21.4.19    481 Call/Transaction Does Not Exist .................  185  193
   21.4.20    482 Loop Detected ...................................  185  193
   21.4.21    483 Too Many Hops ...................................  185  193
   21.4.22    484 Address Incomplete ..............................  185  193
   21.4.23    485 Ambiguous .......................................  185  193
   21.4.24    486 Busy Here .......................................  186  194
   21.4.25    487 Request Terminated ..............................  186  194
   21.4.26    488 Not Acceptable Here .............................  186  194
   21.4.27    491 Request Pending .................................  186  194
   21.4.28    493 Undecipherable ..................................  187  195
   21.5       Server Failure 5xx ..................................  187  195
   21.5.1     500 Server Internal Error ...........................  187  195
   21.5.2     501 Not Implemented .................................  187  195
   21.5.3     502 Bad Gateway .....................................  187  195
   21.5.4     503 Service Unavailable .............................  187  195
   21.5.5     504 Server Time-out .................................  188  196
   21.5.6     505 Version Not Supported ...........................  188  196
   21.5.7     513 Message Too Large ...............................  188  196
   21.6       Global Failures 6xx .................................  188  196
   21.6.1     600 Busy Everywhere .................................  188  196
   21.6.2     603 Decline .........................................  189  196
   21.6.3     604 Does Not Exist Anywhere .........................  189  197
   21.6.4     606 Not Acceptable ..................................  189  197
   22         Usage of HTTP Authentication ........................  189  197
   22.1       Framework ...........................................  190  198
   22.2       User-to-User Authentication .........................  192  200
   22.3       Proxy-to-User Authentication ........................  193  201
   22.4       The Digest Authentication Scheme ....................  196  204
   23         S/MIME ..............................................  198  206
   23.1       S/MIME Certificates .................................  198  206
   23.2       S/MIME Key Exchange .................................  199  207
   23.3       Securing MIME bodies ................................  202  210
   23.4       SIP Header Privacy and Integrity using S/MIME:
   Tunneling SIP ..................................................  203  211
   23.4.1     Integrity and Confidentiality Properties of SIP
   Headers ........................................................  204  212
   23.4.1.1   Integrity ...........................................  204  212
   23.4.1.2   Confidentiality .....................................  204  212
   23.4.2     Tunneling Integrity and Authentication ..............  205  213
   23.4.3     Tunneling Encryption ................................  207  215
   24         Examples ............................................  209  217
   24.1       Registration ........................................  210  218
   24.2       Session Setup .......................................  211  219
   25          Augmented BNF for the SIP Protocol .................  216  224
   25.1       Basic Rules .........................................  217  225
   26         Security Considerations: Threat Model and Security



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                          [Page vi] 8]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   Usage Recommendations ..........................................  234  242
   26.1       Attacks and Threat Models ...........................  234  242
   26.1.1     Registration Hijacking ..............................  235  243
   26.1.2     Impersonating a Server ..............................  235  243
   26.1.3     Tampering with Message Bodies .......................  236  244
   26.1.4     Tearing Down Sessions ...............................  237  245
   26.1.5     Denial of Service and Amplification .................  237  245
   26.2       Security Mechanisms .................................  238  246
   26.2.1     Transport and Network Layer Security ................  239  247
   26.2.2     SIPS URI Scheme .....................................  240  248
   26.2.3     HTTP Authentication .................................  241  249
   26.2.4     S/MIME ..............................................  241  249
   26.3       Implementing Security Mechanisms ....................  242  250
   26.3.1     Requirements for Implementers of SIP ................  242  250
   26.3.2     Security Solutions ..................................  243  251
   26.3.2.1   Registration ........................................  243  251
   26.3.2.2   Interdomain Requests ................................  244  252
   26.3.2.3   Peer to Peer Requests ...............................  247  255
   26.3.2.4   DoS Protection ......................................  247  255
   26.4       Limitations .........................................  248  256
   26.4.1     HTTP Digest .........................................  248  256
   26.4.2     S/MIME ..............................................  249  257
   26.4.3     TLS .................................................  250  258
   26.4.4     SIPS URIs ...........................................  251  259
   26.5       Privacy .............................................  252  260
   27         IANA Considerations .................................  253  261
   27.1       Option Tags .........................................  253  261
   27.2       Warn-Codes ..........................................  253  262
   27.3       Header Field Names ..................................  254  262
   27.4       Method and Response Codes ...........................  254  262
   27.5       The "message/sip" MIME type.  .......................  255  263
   27.6       New Content-Disposition Parameter Registrations
   ................................................................  255  264
   28         Changes From RFC 2543 ...............................  256  264
   28.1       Major Functional Changes ............................  256  265
   28.2       Minor Functional Changes ............................  260  269
   29         Acknowledgments .....................................  261  270
   30         Authors' Addresses ..................................  262  270
   31         Normative References ................................  263  271
   32         Non-Normative         Informative References ............................  265 ..............................  273
   A          Table of Timer Values ...............................  266  275










J. Rosenberg et. al.                                          [Page vii]



1 Introduction

   There are many 9]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


1 Introduction

   There are many applications of the Internet that require the creation
   and management of a session, where a session is considered an
   exchange of data between an association of participants. The
   implementation of these applications is complicated by the practices
   of participants: users may move between endpoints, they may be
   addressable by multiple names, and they may communicate in several
   different media - sometimes simultaneously. Numerous protocols have
   been authored that carry various forms of real-time multimedia
   session data such as voice, video, or text messages. SIP works in
   concert with these protocols by enabling Internet endpoints (called
   user agents ) to discover one another and to agree on a
   characterization of a session they would like to share.  For locating
   prospective session participants, and for other functions, SIP
   enables creation of an infrastructure of network hosts (called proxy
   servers ) to which user agents can send registrations, invitations to
   sessions, and other requests. SIP is an agile, general-purpose tool
   for creating, modifying, and terminating sessions that works
   independently of underlying transport protocols and without
   dependency on the type of session that is being established.

2 Overview of SIP Functionality

   SIP is an application-layer control protocol that can establish,
   modify, and terminate multimedia sessions (conferences) such as
   Internet telephony calls. SIP can also invite participants to already
   existing sessions, such as multicast conferences. Media can be added
   to (and removed from) an existing session. SIP transparently supports
   name mapping and redirection services, which supports personal
   mobility [26] [27] - users can maintain a single externally visible
   identifier regardless of their network location.

   SIP supports five facets of establishing and terminating multimedia
   communications:

        User location: determination of the end system to be used for
             communication;

        User availability: determination of the willingness of the
             called party to engage in communications;

        User capabilities: determination of the media and media
             parameters to be used;

        Session setup: "ringing", establishment of session parameters at
             both called and calling party;




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 3] 10]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


        Session management: including transfer and termination of
             sessions, modifying session parameters, and invoking
             services.

   SIP is not a vertically integrated communications system. SIP is
   rather a component that can be used with other IETF protocols to
   build a complete multimedia architecture. Typically, these
   architectures will include protocols such as the real-time transport
   protocol (RTP) (RFC 1889 [27]) [28]) for transporting real-time data and
   providing QoS feedback, the real-time streaming protocol (RTSP) (RFC
   2326 [28]) [29]) for controlling delivery of streaming media, the Media
   Gateway Control Protocol (MEGACO) (RFC 3015 [29]) [30]) for controlling
   gateways to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), and the
   session description protocol (SDP) (RFC 2327 [1]) for describing
   multimedia sessions. Therefore, SIP should be used in conjunction
   with other protocols in order to provide complete services to the
   users. However, the basic functionality and operation of SIP does not
   depend on any of these protocols.

   SIP does not provide services. SIP rather provides primitives that
   can be used to implement different services. For example, SIP can
   locate a user and deliver an opaque object to his current location.
   If this primitive is used to deliver a session description written in
   SDP, for instance, the endpoints can agree on the parameters of a
   session.  If the same primitive is used to deliver a photo of the
   caller as well as the session description, a "caller ID" service can
   be easily implemented.  As this example shows, a single primitive is
   typically used to provide several different services.

   SIP does not offer conference control services such as floor control
   or voting and does not prescribe how a conference is to be managed.
   SIP can be used to initiate a session that uses some other conference
   control protocol. Since SIP messages and the sessions they establish
   can pass through entirely different networks, SIP cannot, and does
   not, provide any kind of network resource reservation capabilities.

   The nature of the services provided make security particularly
   important. To that end, SIP provides a suite of security services,
   which include denial-of-service prevention, authentication (both user
   to user and proxy to user), integrity protection, and encryption and
   privacy services.

   SIP works with both IPv4 and IPv6.

3 Terminology

   In this document, the key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED",
   "SHALL", "SHALL NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "NOT



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 4] 11]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" are to be interpreted as
   described in RFC 2119 [2] and indicate requirement levels for
   compliant SIP implementations.

4 Overview of Operation

   This section introduces the basic operations of SIP using simple
   examples. This section is tutorial in nature and does not contain any
   normative statements.

   The first example shows the basic functions of SIP: location of an
   end point, signal of a desire to communicate, negotiation of session
   parameters to establish the session, and teardown of the session once
   established.

   Figure 1 shows a typical example of a SIP message exchange between
   two users, Alice and Bob. (Each message is labeled with the letter
   "F" and a number for reference by the text.) In this example, Alice
   uses a SIP application on her PC (referred to as a softphone) to call
   Bob on his SIP phone over the Internet. Also shown are two SIP proxy
   servers that act on behalf of Alice and Bob to facilitate the session
   establishment. This typical arrangement is often referred to as the
   "SIP trapezoid" as shown by the geometric shape of the dashed lines
   in Figure 1.


   Alice "calls" Bob using his SIP identity, a type of Uniform Resource
   Identifier (URI) called a SIP URI and which is defined in Section
   19.1. It has a similar form to an email address, typically containing
   a username and a host name. In this case, it is sip:bob@biloxi.com,
   where biloxi.com is the domain of Bob's SIP service provider (which
   can be an enterprise, retail provider, etc). Alice also has a SIP URI
   of sip:alice@atlanta.com. Alice might have typed in Bob's URI or
   perhaps clicked on a hyperlink or an entry in an address book. SIP
   also provides a secure URI, called a SIPS URI. An example would be
   sips:bob@biloxi.com. A call made to a SIPS URI guarantees that
   secure, encrypted transport (namely TLS) is used to carry all SIP
   messages from the caller to the domain of the callee.  From there,
   the request is sent securely to the callee, but with security
   mechanisms that depend on the policy of the domain of the callee.

   SIP is based on an HTTP-like request/response transaction model. Each
   transaction consists of a request that invokes a particular method ,
   or function, on the server and at least one response. In this
   example, the transaction begins with Alice's softphone sending an
   INVITE request addressed to Bob's SIP URI. INVITE is an example of a
   SIP method that specifies the action that the requestor (Alice) wants
   the server (Bob) to take. The INVITE request contains a number of



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 5] 12]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002





                 atlanta.com  . . . biloxi.com
             .      proxy              proxy     .
           .                                       .
   Alice's  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Bob's
  softphone                                        SIP Phone
     |                |                |                |
     |    INVITE F1   |                |                |
     |--------------->|    INVITE F2   |                |
     |  100 Trying F3 |--------------->|    INVITE F4   |
     |<---------------|  100 Trying F5 |--------------->|
     |                |<-------------- | 180 Ringing F6 |
     |                | 180 Ringing F7 |<---------------|
     | 180 Ringing F8 |<---------------|     200 OK F9  |
     |<---------------|    200 OK F10  |<---------------|
     |    200 OK F11  |<---------------|                |
     |<---------------|                |                |
     |                       ACK F12                    |
     |------------------------------------------------->|
     |                   Media Session                  |
     |<================================================>|
     |                       BYE F13                    |
     |<-------------------------------------------------|
     |                     200 OK F14                   |
     |------------------------------------------------->|
     |                                                  |




   Figure 1: SIP session setup example with SIP trapezoid


   header fields. Header fields are named attributes that provide
   additional information about a message. The ones present in an INVITE
   include a unique identifier for the call, the destination address,
   Alice's address, and information about the type of session that Alice
   wishes to establish with Bob. The INVITE (message F1 in Figure 1)
   might look like this:


     INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
     Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK776asdhds
     Max-Forwards: 70
     To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
     From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
     Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710@pc33.atlanta.com



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 6] 13]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


     CSeq: 314159 INVITE
     Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>
     Content-Type: application/sdp
     Content-Length: 142

     (Alice's SDP not shown)



   The first line of the text-encoded message contains the method name
   (INVITE). The lines that follow are a list of header fields.  This
   example contains a minimum required set. The header fields are
   briefly described below:

   Via contains the address (pc33.atlanta.com) at which Alice is
   expecting to receive responses to this request. It also contains a
   branch parameter that contains an identifier for this transaction.

   To contains a display name (Bob) and a SIP or SIPS URI
   (sip:bob@biloxi.com) towards which the request was originally
   directed. Display names are described in RFC 2822 [3].

   From also contains a display name (Alice) and a SIP or SIPS URI
   (sip:alice@atlanta.com) that indicate the originator of the request.
   This header field also has a tag parameter containing a pseudorandom
   string (1928301774) that was added to the URI by the softphone. It is
   used for identification purposes.

   Call-ID contains a globally unique identifier for this call,
   generated by the combination of a pseudorandom string and the
   softphone's IP address. The combination of the To tag, From tag, and
   Call-ID completely define a peer-to-peer SIP relationship between
   Alice and Bob and is referred to as a dialog

   CSeq or Command Sequence contains an integer and a method name. The
   CSeq number is incremented for each new request within a dialog and
   is a traditional sequence number.

   Contact contains a SIP or SIPS URI that represents a direct route to
   contact Alice, usually composed of a username at a fully qualified
   domain name (FQDN).  While an FQDN is preferred, many end systems do
   not have registered domain names, so IP addresses are permitted.
   While the Via header field tells other elements where to send the
   response, the Contact header field tells other elements where to send
   future requests.

   Max-Forwards serves to limit the number of hops a request can make on
   the way to its destination. It consists of an integer that is



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 7] 14]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   decremented by one at each hop.

   Content-Type contains a description of the message body (not shown).

   Content-Length contains an octet (byte) count of the message body.

   The complete set of SIP header fields is defined in Section 20.

   The details of the session, type of media, codec, sampling rate, etc.
   are not described using SIP. Rather, the body of a SIP message
   contains a description of the session, encoded in some other protocol
   format.  One such format is the Session Description Protocol (SDP)
   (RFC 2327 [1]). This SDP message (not shown in the example) is
   carried by the SIP message in a way that is analogous to a document
   attachment being carried by an email message, or a web page being
   carried in an HTTP message.

   Since the softphone does not know the location of Bob or the SIP
   server in the biloxi.com domain, the softphone sends the INVITE to
   the SIP server that serves Alice's domain, atlanta.com.  The address
   of the atlanta.com SIP server could have been configured in Alice's
   softphone, or it could have been discovered by DHCP, for example.

   The atlanta.com SIP server is a type of SIP server known as a proxy
   server. A proxy server receives SIP requests and forwards them on
   behalf of the requestor. In this example, the proxy server receives
   the INVITE request and sends a 100 (Trying) response back to Alice's
   softphone. The 100 (Trying) response indicates that the INVITE has
   been received and that the proxy is working on her behalf to route
   the INVITE to the destination. Responses in SIP use a three-digit
   code followed by a descriptive phrase. This response contains the
   same To, From, Call-ID,CSeq and branch parameter in the Via as the
   INVITE, which allows Alice's softphone to correlate this response to
   the sent INVITE. The atlanta.com proxy server locates the proxy
   server at biloxi.com, possibly by performing a particular type of DNS
   (Domain Name Service) lookup to find the SIP server that serves the
   biloxi.com domain. This is described in [4]. As a result, it obtains
   the IP address of the biloxi.com proxy server and forwards, or
   proxies, the INVITE request there. Before forwarding the request, the
   atlanta.com proxy server adds an additional Via header field value
   that contains its own address (the INVITE already contains Alice's
   address in the first Via). The biloxi.com proxy server receives the
   INVITE and responds with a 100 (Trying) response back to the
   atlanta.com proxy server to indicate that it has received the INVITE
   and is processing the request. The proxy server consults a database,
   generically called a location service, that contains the current IP
   address of Bob. (We shall see in the next section how this database
   can be populated.) The biloxi.com proxy server adds another Via



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 8] 15]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   header field value with its own address to the INVITE and proxies it
   to Bob's SIP phone.

   Bob's SIP phone receives the INVITE and alerts Bob to the incoming
   call from Alice so that Bob can decide whether to answer the call,
   that is, Bob's phone rings. Bob's SIP phone indicates this in a 180
   (Ringing) response, which is routed back through the two proxies in
   the reverse direction. Each proxy uses the Via header field to
   determine where to send the response and removes its own address from
   the top. As a result, although DNS and location service lookups were
   required to route the initial INVITE, the 180 (Ringing) response can
   be returned to the caller without lookups or without state being
   maintained in the proxies. This also has the desirable property that
   each proxy that sees the INVITE will also see all responses to the
   INVITE.

   When Alice's softphone receives the 180 (Ringing) response, it passes
   this information to Alice, perhaps using an audio ringback tone or by
   displaying a message on Alice's screen.

   In this example, Bob decides to answer the call. When he picks up the
   handset, his SIP phone sends a 200 (OK) response to indicate that the
   call has been answered. The 200 (OK) contains a message body with the
   SDP media description of the type of session that Bob is willing to
   establish with Alice. As a result, there is a two-phase exchange of
   SDP messages: Alice sent one to Bob, and Bob sent one back to Alice.
   This two-phase exchange provides basic negotiation capabilities and
   is based on a simple offer/answer model of SDP exchange. If Bob did
   not wish to answer the call or was busy on another call, an error
   response would have been sent instead of the 200 (OK), which would
   have resulted in no media session being established. The complete
   list of SIP response codes is in Section 21. The 200 (OK) (message F9
   in Figure 1) might look like this as Bob sends it out:


     SIP/2.0 200 OK
     Via: SIP/2.0/UDP server10.biloxi.com;branch=z9hG4bKnashds8
      ;received=192.0.2.3
     Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bigbox3.site3.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK77ef4c2312983.1
      ;received=192.0.2.2
     Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bK776asdhds
      ;received=192.0.2.1
     To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=a6c85cf
     From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
     Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
     CSeq: 314159 INVITE
     Contact: <sip:bob@192.0.2.4>
     Content-Type: application/sdp



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 9] 16]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


     Content-Length: 131

     (Bob's SDP not shown)



   The first line of the response contains the response code (200) and
   the reason phrase (OK). The remaining lines contain header fields.
   The Via, To, From, Call-ID, and CSeq header fields are copied from
   the INVITE request.  (There are three Via header field values - one
   added by Alice's SIP phone, one added by the atlanta.com proxy, and
   one added by the biloxi.com proxy.) Bob's SIP phone has added a tag
   parameter to the To header field. This tag will be incorporated by
   both endpoints into the dialog and will be included in all future
   requests and responses in this call. The Contact header field
   contains a URI at which Bob can be directly reached at his SIP phone.
   The Content-Type and Content-Length refer to the message body (not
   shown) that contains Bob's SDP media information.

   In addition to DNS and location service lookups shown in this
   example, proxy servers can make flexible "routing decisions" to
   decide where to send a request. For example, if Bob's SIP phone
   returned a 486 (Busy Here) response, the biloxi.com proxy server
   could proxy the INVITE to Bob's voicemail server. A proxy server can
   also send an INVITE to a number of locations at the same time.  This
   type of parallel search is known as forking

   In this case, the 200 (OK) is routed back through the two proxies and
   is received by Alice's softphone, which then stops the ringback tone
   and indicates that the call has been answered. Finally, Alice's
   softphone sends an acknowledgement message, ACK to Bob's SIP phone to
   confirm the reception of the final response (200 (OK)). In this
   example, the ACK is sent directly from Alice's softphone to Bob's SIP
   phone, bypassing the two proxies. This occurs because the endpoints
   have learned each other's address from the Contact header fields
   through the INVITE/200 (OK) exchange, which was not known when the
   initial INVITE was sent. The lookups performed by the two proxies are
   no longer needed, so the proxies drop out of the call flow. This
   completes the INVITE/200/ACK three-way handshake used to establish
   SIP sessions. Full details on session setup are in Section 13.

   Alice and Bob's media session has now begun, and they send media
   packets using the format to which they agreed in the exchange of SDP.
   In general, the end-to-end media packets take a different path from
   the SIP signaling messages.

   During the session, either Alice or Bob may decide to change the
   characteristics of the media session. This is accomplished by sending



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 10] 17]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   a re-INVITE containing a new media description. This re-INVITE
   references the existing dialog so that the other party knows that it
   is to modify an existing session instead of establishing a new
   session.  The other party sends a 200 (OK) to accept the change. The
   requestor responds to the 200 (OK) with an ACK. If the other party
   does not accept the change, he sends an error response such as 406
   (Not Acceptable), which also receives an ACK. However, the failure of
   the re-INVITE does not cause the existing call to fail - the session
   continues using the previously negotiated characteristics.  Full
   details on session modification are in Section 14.

   At the end of the call, Bob disconnects (hangs up) first and
   generates a BYE message. This BYE is routed directly to Alice's
   softphone, again bypassing the proxies. Alice confirms receipt of the
   BYE with a 200 (OK) response, which terminates the session and the
   BYE transaction. No ACK is sent - an ACK is only sent in response to
   a response to an INVITE request. The reasons for this special
   handling for INVITE will be discussed later, but relate to the
   reliability mechanisms in SIP, the length of time it can take for a
   ringing phone to be answered, and forking. For this reason, request
   handling in SIP is often classified as either INVITE or non-INVITE,
   referring to all other methods besides INVITE. Full details on
   session termination are in Section 15.

   Full details of all the messages shown in the example of Figure 1 are
   shown in Section 24.2.

   In some cases, it may be useful for proxies in the SIP signaling path
   to see all the messaging between the endpoints for the duration of
   the session. For example, if the biloxi.com proxy server wished to
   remain in the SIP messaging path beyond the initial INVITE, it would
   add to the INVITE a required routing header field known as Record-
   Route that contained a URI resolving to the hostname or IP address of
   the proxy. This information would be received by both Bob's SIP phone
   and (due to the Record-Route header field being passed back in the
   200 (OK)) Alice's softphone and stored for the duration of the
   dialog.  The biloxi.com proxy server would then receive and proxy the
   ACK, BYE, and 200 (OK) to the BYE. Each proxy can independently
   decide to receive subsequent messaging, and that messaging will go
   through all proxies that elect to receive it.  This capability is
   frequently used for proxies that are providing mid-call features.

   Registration is another common operation in SIP. Registration is one
   way that the biloxi.com server can learn the current location of Bob.
   Upon initialization, and at periodic intervals, Bob's SIP phone sends
   REGISTER messages to a server in the biloxi.com domain known as a SIP
   registrar. The REGISTER messages associate Bob's SIP or SIPS URI
   (sip:bob@biloxi.com) with the machine into which he is currently



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 11] 18]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   logged (conveyed as a SIP or SIPS URI in the Contact header field).
   The registrar writes this association, also called a binding, to a
   database, called the location service , where it can be used by the
   proxy in the biloxi.com domain. Often, a registrar server for a
   domain is co-located with the proxy for that domain. It is an
   important concept that the distinction between types of SIP servers
   is logical, not physical.

   Bob is not limited to registering from a single device. For example,
   both his SIP phone at home and the one in the office could send
   registrations. This information is stored together in the location
   service and allows a proxy to perform various types of searches to
   locate Bob. Similarly, more than one user can be registered on a
   single device at the same time.

   The location service is just an abstract concept. It generally
   contains information that allows a proxy to input a URI and receive a
   set of zero or more URIs that tell the proxy where to send the
   request.  Registrations are one way to create this information, but
   not the only way. Arbitrary mapping functions can be configured at
   the discretion of the administrator.

   Finally, it is important to note that in SIP, registration is used
   for routing incoming SIP requests and has no role in authorizing
   outgoing requests. Authorization and authentication are handled in
   SIP either on a request-by-request basis with a challenge/response
   mechanism, or by using a lower layer scheme as discussed in Section
   26.

   The complete set of SIP message details for this registration example
   is in Section 24.1.

   Additional operations in SIP, such as querying for the capabilities
   of a SIP server or client using OPTIONS, or canceling a pending
   request using CANCEL, will be introduced in later sections.

5 Structure of the Protocol

   SIP is structured as a layered protocol, which means that its
   behavior is described in terms of a set of fairly independent
   processing stages with only a loose coupling between each stage. The
   protocol behavior is described as layers for the purpose of
   presentation, allowing the description of functions common across
   elements in a single section. It does not dictate an implementation
   in any way. When we say that an element "contains" a layer, we mean
   it is compliant to the set of rules defined by that layer.

   Not every element specified by the protocol contains every layer.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 12] 19]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   Furthermore, the elements specified by SIP are logical elements, not
   physical ones. A physical realization can choose to act as different
   logical elements, perhaps even on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

   The lowest layer of SIP is its syntax and encoding. Its encoding is
   specified using an augmented Backus-Naur Form grammar (BNF). The
   complete BNF is specified in Section 25; an overview of a SIP
   message's structure can be found in Section 7.

   The second layer is the transport layer. It defines how a client
   sends requests and receives responses and how a server receives
   requests and sends responses over the network. All SIP elements
   contain a transport layer. The transport layer is described in
   Section 18.

   The third layer is the transaction layer. Transactions are a
   fundamental component of SIP. A transaction is a request sent by a
   client transaction (using the transport layer) to a server
   transaction, along with all responses to that request sent from the
   server transaction back to the client. The transaction layer handles
   application-layer retransmissions, matching of responses to requests,
   and application-layer timeouts. Any task that a user agent client
   (UAC) accomplishes takes place using a series of transactions.
   Discussion of transactions can be found in Section 17. User agents
   contain a transaction layer, as do stateful proxies. Stateless
   proxies do not contain a transaction layer. The transaction layer has
   a client component (referred to as a client transaction) and a server
   component (referred to as a server transaction), each of which are
   represented by a finite state machine that is constructed to process
   a particular request.

   The layer above the transaction layer is called the transaction user
   (TU). Each of the SIP entities, except the stateless proxy, is a
   transaction user. When a TU wishes to send a request, it creates a
   client transaction instance and passes it the request along with the
   destination IP address, port, and transport to which to send the
   request. A TU that creates a client transaction can also cancel it.
   When a client cancels a transaction, it requests that the server stop
   further processing, revert to the state that existed before the
   transaction was initiated, and generate a specific error response to
   that transaction. This is done with a CANCEL request, which
   constitutes its own transaction, but references the transaction to be
   cancelled (Section 9).

   The SIP elements, that is, user agent clients and servers, stateless
   and stateful proxies and registrars, contain a core that
   distinguishes them from each other. Cores, except for the stateless
   proxy, are transaction users. While the behavior of the UAC and UAS



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 13] 20]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   cores depends on the method, there are some common rules for all
   methods (Section 8). For a UAC, these rules govern the construction
   of a request; for a UAS, they govern the processing of a request and
   generating a response. Since registrations play an important role in
   SIP, a UAS that handles a REGISTER is given the special name
   registrar. Section 10 describes UAC and UAS core behavior for the
   REGISTER method. Section 11 describes UAC and UAS core behavior for
   the OPTIONS method, used for determining the capabilities of a UA.

   Certain other requests are sent within a dialog. A dialog is a peer-
   to-peer SIP relationship between two user agents that persists for
   some time. The dialog facilitates sequencing of messages and proper
   routing of requests between the user agents. The INVITE method is the
   only way defined in this specification to establish a dialog. When a
   UAC sends a request that is within the context of a dialog, it
   follows the common UAC rules as discussed in Section 8 but also the
   rules for mid-dialog requests. Section 12 discusses dialogs and
   presents the procedures for their construction and maintenance, in
   addition to construction of requests within a dialog.

   The most important method in SIP is the INVITE method, which is used
   to establish a session between participants. A session is a
   collection of participants, and streams of media between them, for
   the purposes of communication. Section 13 discusses how sessions are
   initiated, resulting in one or more SIP dialogs.  Section 14
   discusses how characteristics of that session are modified through
   the use of an INVITE request within a dialog.  Finally, section 15
   discusses how a session is terminated.

   The procedures of Sections 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 deal
   entirely with the UA core (Section 9 describes cancellation, which
   applies to both UA core and proxy core). Section 16 discusses the
   proxy element, which facilitates routing of messages between user
   agents.

6 Definitions

   This specification uses a number of terms to refer to the roles
   played by participants in SIP communications. The terms and generic
   syntax of URI and URL are defined in RFC 2396 [5]. The following
   terms have special significance for SIP.

        Address-of-Record: An address-of-record (AOR) is a SIP or SIPS
             URI that points to a domain with a location service that
             can map the URI to another URI where the user might be
             available. Typically, the location service is populated
             through registrations. An AOR is frequently thought of as
             the "public address" of the user.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 14] 21]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


        Back-to-Back User Agent: A back-to-back user agent (B2BUA) is a
             logical entity that receives a request and processes it as
             an user agent server (UAS). In order to determine how the
             request should be answered, it acts as an user agent client
             (UAC) and generates requests. Unlike a proxy server, it
             maintains dialog state and must participate in all requests
             sent on the dialogs it has established. Since it is a
             concatenation of a UAC and UAS, no explicit definitions are
             needed for its behavior.

        Call: A call is an informal term that refers to some
             communication between peers generally set up for the
             purposes of a multimedia conversation.

        Call Leg: Another name for a dialog [30]; [31]; no longer used in this
             specification.

        Call Stateful: A proxy is call stateful if it retains state for
             a dialog from the initiating INVITE to the terminating BYE
             request.  A call stateful proxy is always transaction
             stateful, but the converse is not necessarily true.

        Client: A client is any network element that sends SIP requests
             and receives SIP responses. Clients may or may not interact
             directly with a human user. User agent clients and proxies
             are clients.

        Conference: A multimedia session (see below) that contains
             multiple participants.

        Core: Core designates the functions specific to a particular
             type of SIP entity, i.e., specific to either a stateful or
             stateless proxy, a user agent or registrar. All cores
             except those for the stateless proxy are transaction users.

        Dialog: A dialog is a peer-to-peer SIP relationship between two
             UAs that persists for some time. A dialog is established by
             SIP messages, such as a 2xx response to an INVITE request.
             A dialog is identified by a call identifier, local tag, and
             a remote tag. A dialog was formerly known as a call leg in
             RFC 2543.

        Downstream: A direction of message forwarding within a
             transaction that refers to the direction that requests flow
             from the user agent client to user agent server.

        Final Response: A response that terminates a SIP transaction, as
             opposed to a provisional response that does not. All 2xx,



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 15] 22]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


             3xx, 4xx, 5xx and 6xx responses are final.

        Header: A header is a component of a SIP message that conveys
             information about the message. It is structured as a
             sequence of header fields.

        Header field: A header field is a component of the SIP message
             header. It consists of one or more header field values
             separated by comma or having the same header field name.

        Header field value: A header field value consists of a field
             name and is a field singular value, separated by
             which can be one of many in a colon. header field.

        Home Domain: The domain providing service to a SIP user.
             Typically, this is the domain present in the URI in the
             address-of-record of a registration.

        Informational Response: Same as a provisional response.

        Initiator, Calling Party, Caller: The party initiating a session
             (and dialog) with an INVITE request. A caller retains this
             role from the time it sends the initial INVITE that
             established a dialog until the termination of that dialog.

        Invitation: An INVITE request.

        Invitee, Invited User, Called Party, Callee: The party that
             receives an INVITE request for the purposes of establishing
             a new session. A callee retains this role from the time it
             receives the INVITE until the termination of the dialog
             established by that INVITE.

        Location Service: A location service is used by a SIP redirect
             or proxy server to obtain information about a callee's
             possible location(s). It contains a list of bindings of
             address-of-record keys to zero or more contact addresses.
             The bindings can be created and removed in many ways; this
             specification defines a REGISTER method that updates the
             bindings.

        Loop: A request that arrives at a proxy, is forwarded, and later
             arrives back at the same proxy. When it arrives the second
             time, its Request-URI is identical to the first time, and
             other header fields that affect proxy operation are
             unchanged, so that the proxy would make the same processing
             decision on the request it made the first time. Looped
             requests are errors, and the procedures for detecting them
             and handling them are described by the protocol.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 16] 23]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


        Loose Routing: A proxy is said to be loose routing if it follows
             the procedures defined in this specification for processing
             of the Route header field. These procedures separate the
             destination of the request (present in the Request-URI)
             from the set of proxies that need to be visited along the
             way (present in the Route header field). A proxy compliant
             to these mechanisms is also known as a loose router.

        Message: Data sent between SIP elements as part of the protocol.
             SIP messages are either requests or responses.

        Method: The method is the primary function that a request is
             meant to invoke on a server. The method is carried in the
             request message itself. Example methods are INVITE and BYE.

        Outbound Proxy: A proxy that receives requests from a client,
             even though it may not be the server resolved by the
             Request-URI.  Typically, a UA is manually configured with
             an outbound proxy, or can learn about one through auto-
             configuration protocols.

        Parallel Search: In a parallel search, a proxy issues several
             requests to possible user locations upon receiving an
             incoming request.  Rather than issuing one request and then
             waiting for the final response before issuing the next
             request as in a sequential search , a parallel search
             issues requests without waiting for the result of previous
             requests.

        Provisional Response: A response used by the server to indicate
             progress, but that does not terminate a SIP transaction.
             1xx responses are provisional, other responses are
             considered final.  Provisional responses are not sent
             reliably.

        Proxy, Proxy Server: An intermediary entity that acts as both a
             server and a client for the purpose of making requests on
             behalf of other clients. A proxy server primarily plays the
             role of routing, which means its job is to ensure that a
             request is sent to another entity "closer" to the targeted
             user. Proxies are also useful for enforcing policy (for
             example, making sure a user is allowed to make a call). A
             proxy interprets, and, if necessary, rewrites specific
             parts of a request message before forwarding it.

        Recursion: A client recurses on a 3xx response when it generates
             a new request to one or more of the URIs in the Contact
             header field in the response.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 17] 24]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


        Redirect Server: A redirect server is a user agent server that
             generates 3xx responses to requests it receives, directing
             the client to contact an alternate set of URIs.

        Registrar: A registrar is a server that accepts REGISTER
             requests and places the information it receives in those
             requests into the location service for the domain it
             handles.

        Regular Transaction: A regular transaction is any transaction
             with a method other than INVITE, ACK, or CANCEL.

        Request: A SIP message sent from a client to a server, for the
             purpose of invoking a particular operation.

        Response: A SIP message sent from a server to a client, for
             indicating the status of a request sent from the client to
             the server.

        Ringback: Ringback is the signaling tone produced by the calling
             party's application indicating that a called party is being
             alerted (ringing).

        Route Set: A route set is a collection of ordered SIP or SIPS
             URI which represent a list of proxies that must be
             traversed when sending a particular request. A route set
             can be learned, through headers like Record-Route, or it
             can be configured.

        Server: A server is a network element that receives requests in
             order to service them and sends back responses to those
             requests.  Examples of servers are proxies, user agent
             servers, redirect servers, and registrars.

        Sequential Search: In a sequential search, a proxy server
             attempts each contact address in sequence, proceeding to
             the next one only after the previous has generated a final
             response. A 2xx or 6xx class final response always
             terminates a sequential search.

        Session: From the SDP specification: "A multimedia session is a
             set of multimedia senders and receivers and the data
             streams flowing from senders to receivers. A multimedia
             conference is an example of a multimedia session." (RFC
             2327 [1]) (A session as defined for SDP can comprise one or
             more RTP sessions.) As defined, a callee can be invited
             several times, by different calls, to the same session. If
             SDP is used, a session is defined by the concatenation of



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 18] 25]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


             the SDP user name , session id , network type , address
             type , and address elements in the origin field.

        SIP Transaction: A SIP transaction occurs between a client and a
             server and comprises all messages from the first request
             sent from the client to the server up to a final (non-1xx)
             response sent from the server to the client.  If the
             request is INVITE and the final response is a non-2xx, the
             transaction also includes an ACK to the response.  The ACK
             for a 2xx response to an INVITE request is a separate
             transaction.

        Spiral: A spiral is a SIP request that is routed to a proxy,
             forwarded onwards, and arrives once again at that proxy,
             but this time differs in a way that will result in a
             different processing decision than the original request.
             Typically, this means that the request's Request-URI
             differs from its previous arrival. A spiral is not an error
             condition, unlike a loop. A typical cause for this is call
             forwarding. A user calls joe@example.com. The example.com
             proxy forwards it to Joe's PC, which in turn, forwards it
             to bob@example.com.  This request is proxied back to the
             example.com proxy. However, this is not a loop. Since the
             request is targeted at a different user, it is considered a
             spiral, and is a valid condition.

        Stateful Proxy: A logical entity that maintains the client and
             server transaction state machines defined by this
             specification during the processing of a request. Also
             known as a transaction stateful proxy. The behavior of a
             stateful proxy is further defined in Section 16. A
             (transaction) stateful proxy is not the same as a call
             stateful proxy.

        Stateless Proxy: A logical entity that does not maintain the
             client or server transaction state machines defined in this
             specification when it processes requests. A stateless proxy
             forwards every request it receives downstream and every
             response it receives upstream.

        Strict Routing: A proxy is said to be strict routing if it
             follows the Route processing rules of RFC 2543 and many
             prior Internet Draft versions of this RFC. That rule caused
             proxies to destroy the contents of the Request-URI when a
             Route header field was present. Strict routing behavior is
             not used in this specification, in favor of a loose routing
             behavior. Proxies that perform strict routing are also
             known as strict routers.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 19] 26]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


        Target Refresh Request: A target refresh request sent within a
             dialog is defined as a request that can modify the remote
             target of the dialog.

        Transaction User (TU): The layer of protocol processing that
             resides above the transaction layer. Transaction users
             include the UAC core, UAS core, and proxy core.

        Upstream: A direction of message forwarding within a transaction
             that refers to the direction that responses flow from the
             user agent server back to the user agent client.

        URL-encoded: A character string encoded according to RFC 1738,
             Section 2.2 [6].

        User Agent Client (UAC): A user agent client is a logical entity
             that creates a new request, and then uses the client
             transaction state machinery to send it. The role of UAC
             lasts only for the duration of that transaction. In other
             words, if a piece of software initiates a request, it acts
             as a UAC for the duration of that transaction. If it
             receives a request later, it assumes the role of a user
             agent server for the processing of that transaction.

        UAC Core: The set of processing functions required of a UAC that
             reside above the transaction and transport layers.

        User Agent Server (UAS): A user agent server is a logical entity
             that generates a response to a SIP request. The response
             accepts, rejects, or redirects the request. This role lasts
             only for the duration of that transaction. In other words,
             if a piece of software responds to a request, it acts as a
             UAS for the duration of that transaction. If it generates a
             request later, it assumes the role of a user agent client
             for the processing of that transaction.

        UAS Core: The set of processing functions required at a UAS that
             reside above the transaction and transport layers.

        User Agent (UA): A logical entity that can act as both a user
             agent client and user agent server.

   The role of UAC and UAS as well as proxy and redirect servers are
   defined on a transaction-by-transaction basis. For example, the user
   agent initiating a call acts as a UAC when sending the initial INVITE
   request and as a UAS when receiving a BYE request from the callee.
   Similarly, the same software can act as a proxy server for one
   request and as a redirect server for the next request.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 20] 27]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   Proxy, location, and registrar servers defined above are logical
   entities; implementations MAY combine them into a single application.

7 SIP Messages

   SIP is a text-based protocol and uses the ISO 10646 character set in UTF-8 encoding charset (RFC 2279
   [7]).

   A SIP message is either a request from a client to a server, or a
   response from a server to a client.

   Both Request (section 7.1) and Response (section 7.2) messages use
   the basic format of RFC 2822 [3], even though the syntax differs in
   character set and syntax specifics. (SIP allows header fields that
   would not be valid RFC 2822 header fields, for example.) Both types
   of messages consist of a start-line, one or more header fields, an
   empty line indicating the end of the header fields, and an optional
   message-body.



        generic-message  =  start-line
                            *message-header
                            CRLF
                            [ message-body ]
        start-line       =  Request-Line / Status-Line


   The start-line, each message-header line, and the empty line MUST be
   terminated by a carriage-return line-feed sequence (CRLF).  Note that
   the empty line MUST be present even if the message-body is not.

   Except for the above difference in character sets, much of SIP's
   message and header field syntax is identical to HTTP/1.1. Rather than
   repeating the syntax and semantics here, we use [HX.Y] to refer to
   Section X.Y of the current HTTP/1.1 specification (RFC 2616 [8]).

   However, SIP is not an extension of HTTP.

7.1 Requests

   SIP requests are distinguished by having a Request-Line for a start-
   line. A Request-Line contains a method name, a Request-URI, and the
   protocol version separated by a single space (SP) character.

   The Request-Line ends with CRLF. No CR or LF are allowed except in
   the end-of-line CRLF sequence. No linear whitespace (LWS) is allowed
   in any of the elements.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 21] 28]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


        Request-Line  =  Method SP Request-URI SP SIP-Version CRLF


        Method:

             This specification defines six methods: REGISTER for
             registering contact information, INVITE, ACK, and CANCEL
             for setting up sessions, BYE for terminating sessions, and
             OPTIONS for querying servers about their capabilities. SIP
             extensions, documented in standards track RFCs, may define
             additional methods.

        Request-URI: The Request-URI is a SIP or SIPS URI as described
             in Section 19.1 or a general URI (RFC 2396 [5]). It
             indicates the user or service to which this request is
             being addressed. The Request-URI MUST NOT contain unescaped
             spaces or control characters and MUST NOT be enclosed in
             "<>".

             SIP elements MAY support Request-URIs with schemes other
             than "sip" and "sips", for example the "tel" URI scheme of
             RFC 2806 [9]. SIP elements MAY translate non-SIP URIs using
             any mechanism at their disposal, resulting in either SIP
             URI, SIPS URI, or some other scheme.

        SIP-Version: Both request and response messages include the
             version of SIP in use, and follow [H3.1] (with HTTP
             replaced by SIP, and HTTP/1.1 replaced by SIP/2.0)
             regarding version ordering, compliance requirements, and
             upgrading of version numbers. To be compliant with this
             specification, applications sending SIP messages MUST
             include a SIP-Version of "SIP/2.0". The SIP-Version string
             is case-insensitive, but implementations MUST send upper-
             case.


             Unlike HTTP/1.1, SIP treats the version number as a
             literal string. In practice, this should make no
             difference.

7.2 Responses

   SIP responses are distinguished from requests by having a Status-Line
   as their start-line. A Status-Line consists of the protocol version
   followed by a numeric Status-Code and its associated textual phrase,
   with each element separated by a single SP character.

   No CR or LF is allowed except in the final CRLF sequence.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 22] 29]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


        Status-Line  =  SIP-Version SP Status-Code SP Reason-Phrase CRLF


   The Status-Code is a 3-digit integer result code that indicates the
   outcome of an attempt to understand and satisfy a request. The
   Reason-Phrase is intended to give a short textual description of the
   Status-Code. The Status-Code is intended for use by automata, whereas
   the Reason-Phrase is intended for the human user. A client is not
   required to examine or display the Reason-Phrase.

   While this specification suggests specific wording for the reason
   phrase, implementations MAY choose other text, for example, in the
   language indicated in the Accept-Language header field of the
   request.

   The first digit of the Status-Code defines the class of response. The
   last two digits do not have any categorization role. For this reason,
   any response with a status code between 100 and 199 is referred to as
   a "1xx response", any response with a status code between 200 and 299
   as a "2xx response", and so on. SIP/2.0 allows six values for the
   first digit:

        1xx: Provisional -- request received, continuing to process the
             request;

        2xx: Success -- the action was successfully received,
             understood, and accepted;

        3xx: Redirection -- further action needs to be taken in order to
             complete the request;

        4xx: Client Error -- the request contains bad syntax or cannot
             be fulfilled at this server;

        5xx: Server Error -- the server failed to fulfill an apparently
             valid request;

        6xx: Global Failure -- the request cannot be fulfilled at any
             server.

   Section 21 defines these classes and describes the individual codes.

7.3 Header Fields

   SIP header fields are similar to HTTP header fields in both syntax
   and semantics. In particular, SIP header fields follow the [H4.2]
   definitions of syntax for message-header and the rules for extending
   header fields over multiple lines. However, the latter is specified



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 23] 30]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   in HTTP with implicit whitespace and folding. This specification
   conforms with RFC 2234 [10] and uses only explicit whitespace and
   folding as an integral part of the grammar.

   [H4.2] also specifies that multiple header fields of the same field
   name whose value is a comma-separated list can be combined into one
   header field. That applies to SIP as well, but the specific rule is
   different because of the different grammars. Specifically, any SIP
   header whose grammar is of the form:



        header  =  "header-name" HCOLON header-value *(COMMA header-value)


   allows for combining header fields of the same name into a comma-
   separated list. This is also true for the Contact header, as long as
   none of the header field values are "*".

7.3.1 Header Field Format

   Header fields follow the same generic header format as that given in
   Section 2.2 of RFC 2822 [3]. Each header field consists of a field
   name followed by a colon (":") and the field value.
                          field-name: field-value
   The formal grammar for a message-header specified in Section 25
   allows for an arbitrary amount of whitespace on either side of the
   colon; however, implementations should avoid spaces between the field
   name and the colon and use a single space (SP) between the colon and
   the field-value. Thus,

   Subject:            lunch
   Subject      :      lunch
   Subject            :lunch
   Subject: lunch


   are all valid and equivalent, but the last is the preferred form.

   Header fields can be extended over multiple lines by preceding each
   extra line with at least one SP or horizontal tab (HT). The line
   break and the whitespace at the beginning of the next line are
   treated as a single SP character. Thus, the following are equivalent:


   Subject: I know you're there, pick up the phone and talk to me!
   Subject: I know you're there,
            pick up the phone



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 24] 31]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


            and talk to me!



   The relative order of header fields with different field names is not
   significant. However, it is RECOMMENDED that header fields which are
   needed for proxy processing (Via, Route, Record-Route, Proxy-Require,
   Max-Forwards, and Proxy-Authorization, for example) appear towards
   the top of the message to facilitate rapid parsing. The relative
   order of header field rows with the same field name is important.
   Multiple header field rows with the same field-name MAY be present in
   a message if and only if the entire field-value for that header field
   is defined as a comma-separated list (that is, if follows the grammar
   defined in Section 7.3). It MUST be possible to combine the multiple
   header field rows into one "field-name: field-value" pair, without
   changing the semantics of the message, by appending each subsequent
   field-value to the first, each separated by a comma.  The exceptions
   to this rule are the WWW-Authenticate, Authorization, Proxy-
   Authenticate, and Proxy-Authorization header fields. Multiple header
   field rows with these names MAY be present in a message, but since
   their grammar does not follow the general form listed in Section 7.3,
   they MUST NOT be combined into a single header field row.

   Implementations MUST be able to process multiple header field rows
   with the same name in any combination of the single-value-per-line or
   comma-separated value forms.

   The following groups of header field rows are valid and equivalent:

   Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>
   Subject: Lunch
   Route: <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
   Route: <sip:carol@chicago.com>

   Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>, <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
   Route: <sip:carol@chicago.com>
   Subject: Lunch

   Subject: Lunch
   Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>, <sip:bob@biloxi.com>, <sip:carol@chicago.com>



   Each of the following blocks is valid but not equivalent to the
   others:

   Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>
   Route: <sip:bob@biloxi.com>



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 25] 32]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   Route: <sip:carol@chicago.com>

   Route: <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
   Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>
   Route: <sip:carol@chicago.com>

   Route: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>,<sip:carol@chicago.com>,<sip:bob@biloxi.com>



   The format of a header field-value is defined per header-name. It
   will always be either an opaque sequence of TEXT-UTF8 octets, or a
   combination of whitespace, tokens, separators, and quoted strings.
   Many existing header fields will adhere to the general form of a
   value followed by a semi-colon separated sequence of parameter-name,
   parameter-value pairs:
        field-name: field-value *(;parameter-name=parameter-value)

   Even though an arbitrary number of parameter pairs may be attached to
   a header field value, any given parameter-name MUST NOT appear more
   than once.

   When comparing header fields, field names are always case-
   insensitive.  Unless otherwise stated in the definition of a
   particular header field, field values, parameter names, and parameter
   values are case-insensitive. Tokens are always case-insensitive.
   Unless specified otherwise, values expressed as quoted strings are
   case-sensitive.

   For example,

   Contact: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;expires=3600


   is equivalent to

   CONTACT: <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;ExPiReS=3600


   and

   Content-Disposition: session;handling=optional


   is equivalent to

   content-disposition: Session;HANDLING=OPTIONAL




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 26] 33]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   The following two header fields are not equivalent:

   Warning: 370 devnull "Choose a bigger pipe"
   Warning: 370 devnull "CHOOSE A BIGGER PIPE"



7.3.2 Header Field Classification

   Some header fields only make sense in requests or responses. These
   are called request header fields and response header fields,
   respectively.  If a header field appears in a message not matching
   its category (such as a request header field in a response), it MUST
   be ignored.  Section 20 defines the classification of each header
   field.

7.3.3 Compact Form

   SIP provides a mechanism to represent common header field names in an
   abbreviated form. This may be useful when messages would otherwise
   become too large to be carried on the transport available to it
   (exceeding the maximum transmission unit (MTU) when using UDP, for
   example). These compact forms are defined in Section 20. A compact
   form MAY be substituted for the longer form of a header field name at
   any time without changing the semantics of the message. A header
   field name MAY appear in both long and short forms within the same
   message. Implementations MUST accept both the long and short forms of
   each header name.

7.4 Bodies

   Requests, including new requests defined in extensions to this
   specification, MAY contain message bodies unless otherwise noted.
   The interpretation of the body depends on the request method.

   For response messages, the request method and the response status
   code determine the type and interpretation of any message body. All
   responses MAY include a body.

7.4.1 Message Body Type

   The Internet media type of the message body MUST be given by the
   Content-Type header field. If the body has undergone any encoding
   such as compression, then this MUST be indicated by the Content-
   Encoding header field; otherwise, Content-Encoding MUST be omitted.
   If applicable, the character set of the message body is indicated as
   part of the Content-Type header-field value.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 27] 34]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   The "multipart" MIME type defined in RFC 2046 [11] MAY be used within
   the body of the message. Implementations that send requests
   containing multipart message bodies MUST send a session description
   as a non-multipart message body if the remote implementation requests
   this through an Accept header field that does not contain multipart.

   Note that SIP messages MAY contain binary bodies or body parts.

7.4.2 Message Body Length

   The body length in bytes is provided by the Content-Length header
   field. Section 20.14 describes the necessary contents of this header
   field in detail.

   The "chunked" transfer encoding of HTTP/1.1 MUST NOT be used for SIP.
   (Note: The chunked encoding modifies the body of a message in order
   to transfer it as a series of chunks, each with its own size
   indicator.)

7.5 Framing SIP messages

   Unlike HTTP, SIP implementations can use UDP or other unreliable
   datagram protocols. Each such datagram carries one request or
   response.  See Section 18 on constraints on usage of unreliable
   transports.

   Implementations processing SIP messages over stream-oriented
   transports MUST ignore any CRLF appearing before the start-line
   [H4.1].

        The Content-Length header field value is used to locate the
        end of each SIP message in a stream. It will always be
        present when SIP messages are sent over stream-oriented
        transports.

8 General User Agent Behavior

   A user agent represents an end system. It contains a user agent
   client (UAC), which generates requests, and a user agent server
   (UAS), which responds to them. A UAC is capable of generating a
   request based on some external stimulus (the user clicking a button,
   or a signal on a PSTN line) and processing a response. A UAS is
   capable of receiving a request and generating a response based on
   user input, external stimulus, the result of a program execution, or
   some other mechanism.

   When a UAC sends a request, the request passes through some number of
   proxy servers, which forward the request towards the UAS. When the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 28] 35]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   UAS generates a response, the response is forwarded towards the UAC.

   UAC and UAS procedures depend strongly on two factors. First, based
   on whether the request or response is inside or outside of a dialog,
   and second, based on the method of a request. Dialogs are discussed
   thoroughly in Section 12; they represent a peer-to-peer relationship
   between user agents and are established by specific SIP methods, such
   as INVITE.

   In this section, we discuss the method-independent rules for UAC and
   UAS behavior when processing requests that are outside of a dialog.
   This includes, of course, the requests which themselves establish a
   dialog.

   Security procedures for requests and responses outside of a dialog
   are described in Section 26. Specifically, mechanisms exist for the
   UAS and UAC to mutually authenticate. A limited set of privacy
   features are also supported through encryption of bodies using
   S/MIME.

8.1 UAC Behavior

   This section covers UAC behavior outside of a dialog.

8.1.1 Generating the Request

   A valid SIP request formulated by a UAC MUST at a minimum contains
   the following header fields: To, From, CSeq, Call-ID, Max-Forwards,
   and Via; all of these header fields are mandatory in all SIP
   messages. These six header fields are the fundamental building blocks
   of a SIP message, as they jointly provide for most of the critical
   message routing services including the addressing of messages, the
   routing of responses, limiting message propagation, ordering of
   messages, and the unique identification of transactions. These header
   fields are in addition to the mandatory request line, which contains
   the method, Request-URI, and SIP version.

   Examples of requests sent outside of a dialog include an INVITE to
   establish a session (Section 13) and an OPTIONS to query for
   capabilities (Section 11).

8.1.1.1 Request-URI

   The initial Request-URI of the message SHOULD be set to the value of
   the URI in the To field. One notable exception is the REGISTER
   method; behavior for setting the Request-URI of REGISTER is given in
   Section 10.  It may also be undesirable for privacy reasons or
   convenience to set these fields to the same value (especially if the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 29] 36]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   originating UA expects that the Request-URI will be changed during
   transit).

   In some special circumstances, the presence of a pre-existing route
   set can affect the Request-URI of the message. A pre-existing route
   set is an ordered set of URIs that identify a chain of servers, to
   which a UAC will send outgoing requests that are outside of a dialog.
   Commonly, they are configured on the UA by a user or service provider
   manually, or through some other non-SIP mechanism. When a provider
   wishes to configure a UA with an outbound proxy, it is RECOMMENDED
   that this be done by providing it with a pre-existing route set with
   a single URI, that of the outbound proxy.

   When a pre-existing route set is present, the procedures for
   populating the Request-URI and Route header field detailed in Section
   12.2.1.1 MUST be followed, even though there is no dialog.

8.1.1.2 To

   The To header field first and foremost specifies the desired
   "logical" recipient of the request, or the address-of-record of the
   user or resource that is the target of this request. This may or may
   not be the ultimate recipient of the request. The To header field MAY
   contain a SIP or SIPS URI, but it may also make use of other URI
   schemes (the tel URL (RFC 2806 [9]), for example) when appropriate.
   All SIP implementations MUST support the SIP and URI scheme. Any
   implementation that supports TLS MUST support the SIPS URI scheme.
   The To header field allows for a display name.

   A UAC may learn how to populate the To header field for a particular
   request in a number of ways. Usually the user will suggest the To
   header field through a human interface, perhaps inputting the URI
   manually or selecting it from some sort of address book. Frequently,
   the user will not enter a complete URI, but rather a string of digits
   or letters (for example, "bob"). It is at the discretion of the UA to
   choose how to interpret this input. Using the string to form the user
   part of a SIP URI implies that the UA wishes the name to be resolved
   in the domain to the right-hand side (RHS) of the at-sign in the SIP
   URI (for instance, sip:bob@example.com).  Using the string to form
   the user part of a SIPS URI implies that the UA wishes to communicate
   securely, and that the name is to be resolved in the domain to the
   RHS of the at-sign.  The RHS will frequently be the home domain of
   the user, which allows for the home domain to process the outgoing
   request. This is useful for features like "speed dial" that require
   interpretation of the user part in the home domain. The tel URL may
   be used when the UA does not wish to specify the domain that should
   interpret a telephone number that has been inputted by the user.
   Rather, each domain through which the request passes would be given



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 30] 37]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   that opportunity. As an example, a user in an airport might log in
   and send requests through an outbound proxy in the airport. If they
   enter "411" (this is the phone number for local directory assistance
   in the United States), that needs to be interpreted and processed by
   the outbound proxy in the airport, not the user's home domain. In
   this case, tel:411 would be the right choice.

   A request outside of a dialog MUST NOT contain a tag; the tag in the
   To field of a request identifies the peer of the dialog. Since no
   dialog is established, no tag is present.

   For further information on the To header field, see Section 20.39.
   The following is an example of valid To header field:

     To: Carol <sip:carol@chicago.com>



8.1.1.3 From

   The From header field indicates the logical identity of the initiator
   of the request, possibly the user's address-of-record. Like the To
   header field, it contains a URI and optionally a display name. It is
   used by SIP elements to determine which processing rules to apply to
   a request (for example, automatic call rejection). As such, it is
   very important that the From URI not contain IP addresses or the FQDN
   of the host on which the UA is running, since these are not logical
   names.

   The From header field allows for a display name. A UAC SHOULD use the
   display name "Anonymous", along with a syntactically correct, but
   otherwise meaningless URI (like sip:thisis@anonymous.invalid), if the
   identity of the client is to remain hidden.

   Usually the value that populates the From header field in requests
   generated by a particular UA is pre-provisioned by the user or by the
   administrators of the user's local domain. If a particular UA is used
   by multiple users, it might have switchable profiles that include a
   URI corresponding to the identity of the profiled user. Recipients of
   requests can authenticate the originator of a request in order to
   ascertain that they are who their From header field claims they are
   (see Section 22 for more on authentication).

   The From field MUST contain a new "tag" parameter, chosen by the UAC.
   See Section 19.3 for details on choosing a tag.

   For further information on the From header field, see Section 20.20.
   Examples:



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 31] 38]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


     From: "Bob" <sips:bob@biloxi.com> ;tag=a48s
     From: sip:+12125551212@phone2net.com;tag=887s
     From: Anonymous <sip:c8oqz84zk7z@privacy.org>;tag=hyh8



8.1.1.4 Call-ID

   The Call-ID header field acts as a unique identifier to group
   together a series of messages. It MUST be the same for all requests
   and responses sent by either UA in a dialog. It SHOULD be the same in
   each registration from a UA.

   In a new request created by a UAC outside of any dialog, the Call-ID
   header field MUST be selected by the UAC as a globally unique
   identifier over space and time unless overridden by method-specific
   behavior. All SIP UAs must have a means to guarantee that the Call-ID
   header fields they produce will not be inadvertently generated by any
   other UA. Note that when requests are retried after certain failure
   responses that solicit an amendment to a request (for example, a
   challenge for authentication), these retried requests are not
   considered new requests, and therefore do not need new Call-ID header
   fields; see Section 8.1.3.5.

   Use of cryptographically random identifiers (RFC 1750 [12]) in the
   generation of Call-IDs is RECOMMENDED.  Implementations MAY use the
   form "localid@host". Call-IDs are case-sensitive and are simply
   compared byte-by-byte.

        Using cryptographically random identifiers provides some
        protection against session hijacking and reduces the
        likelihood of unintentional Call-ID collisions.

   No provisioning or human interface is required for the selection of
   the Call-ID header field value for a request.

   For further information on the Call-ID header field, see Section
   20.8.

   Example:


     Call-ID: f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6@foo.bar.com



8.1.1.5 CSeq




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 32] 39]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   The CSeq header field serves as a way to identify and order
   transactions. It consists of a sequence number and a method. The
   method MUST match that of the request. For non-REGISTER requests
   outside of a dialog, the sequence number value is arbitrary. The
   sequence number value MUST be expressible as a 32-bit unsigned
   integer and MUST be less than 2**31. As long as it follows the above
   guidelines, a client may use any mechanism it would like to select
   CSeq header field values.

   Section 12.2.1.1 discusses construction of the CSeq for requests
   within a dialog.

   Example:


     CSeq: 4711 INVITE



8.1.1.6 Max-Forwards

   The Max-Forwards header field serves to limit the number of hops a
   request can transit on the way to its destination. It consists of an
   integer that is decremented by one at each hop. If the Max-Forwards
   value reaches 0 before the request reaches its destination, it will
   be rejected with a 483(Too Many Hops) error response.

   A UAC MUST insert a Max-Forwards header field into each request it
   originates with a value which SHOULD be 70. This number was chosen to
   be sufficiently large to guarantee that a request would not be
   dropped in any SIP network when there were no loops, but not so large
   as to consume proxy resources when a loop does occur. Lower values
   should be used with caution and only in networks where topologies are
   known by the UA.

8.1.1.7 Via

   The Via header field indicates the transport used for the transaction
   and identifies the location where the response is to be sent.  A Via
   header field value is added only after the transport that will be
   used to reach the next hop has been selected (which may involve the
   usage of the procedures in [4]).

   When the UAC creates a request, it MUST insert a Via into that
   request. The protocol name and protocol version in the header field
   MUST be SIP and 2.0, respectively. The Via header field value MUST
   contain a branch parameter. This parameter is used to identify the
   transaction created by that request. This parameter is used by both



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 33] 40]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   the client and the server.

   The branch parameter value MUST be unique across space and time for
   all requests sent by the UA. The exceptions to this rule are CANCEL
   and ACK for non-2xx responses.  As discussed below, a CANCEL request
   will have the same value of the branch parameter as the request it
   cancels. As discussed in Section 17.1.1.3, an ACK for a non-2xx
   response will also have the same branch ID as the INVITE whose
   response it acknowledges.


        The uniqueness property of the branch ID parameter, to
        facilitate its use as a transaction ID, was not part of RFC
        2543

   The branch ID inserted by an element compliant with this
   specification MUST always begin with the characters "z9hG4bK". These
   7 characters are used as a magic cookie (7 is deemed sufficient to
   ensure that an older RFC 2543 implementation would not pick such a
   value), so that servers receiving the request can determine that the
   branch ID was constructed in the fashion described by this
   specification (that is, globally unique). Beyond this requirement,
   the precise format of the branch token is implementation-defined.

   The Via header maddr, ttl, and sent-by components will be set when
   the request is processed by the transport layer (Section 18).

   Via processing for proxies is described in Section 16.6 Item 8 and
   Section 16.7 Item 3.

8.1.1.8 Contact

   The Contact header field provides a SIP URI that can be used to
   contact that specific instance of the UA for subsequent requests. The
   Contact header field MUST be present and contain exactly one SIP or
   SIPS URI in any request that can result in the establishment of a
   dialog. For the methods defined in this specification, that includes
   only the INVITE request.  For these requests, the scope of the
   Contact is global.  That is, the Contact header field value contains
   the URI at which the UA would like to receive requests, and this URI
   MUST be valid even if used in subsequent requests outside of any
   dialogs.

   If the Request-URI or top Route header field value contains a SIPS
   URI, the Contact header field MUST contain a SIPS URI as well.

   For further information on the Contact header field, see Section
   20.10.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 34] 41]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


8.1.1.9 Supported and Require

   If the UAC supports extensions to SIP that can be applied by the
   server to the response, the UAC SHOULD include a Supported header
   field in the request listing the option tags (Section 19.2) for those
   extensions.

   The option tags listed MUST only refer to extensions defined in
   standards-track RFCs. This is to prevent servers from insisting that
   clients implement non-standard, vendor-defined features in order to
   receive service. Extensions defined by experimental and informational
   RFCs are explicitly excluded from usage with the Supported header
   field in a request, since they too are often used to document
   vendor-defined extensions.

   If the UAC wishes to insist that a UAS understand an extension that
   the UAC will apply to the request in order to process the request, it
   MUST insert a Require header field into the request listing the
   option tag for that extension. If the UAC wishes to apply an
   extension to the request and insist that any proxies that are
   traversed understand that extension, it MUST insert a Proxy-Require
   header field into the request listing the option tag for that
   extension.

   As with the Supported header field, the option tags in the Require
   and Proxy-Require header fields MUST only refer to extensions defined
   in standards-track RFCs.

8.1.1.10 Additional Message Components

   After a new request has been created, and the header fields described
   above have been properly constructed, any additional optional header
   fields are added, as are any header fields specific to the method.

   SIP requests MAY contain a MIME-encoded message-body. Regardless of
   the type of body that a request contains, certain header fields must
   be formulated to characterize the contents of the body. For further
   information on these header fields, see Sections 20.11 through 20.15.

8.1.2 Sending the Request

   The destination for the request is then computed. Unless there is
   local policy specifying otherwise, then the destination MUST be
   determined by applying the DNS procedures described in [4] as
   follows.  If the first element in the route set indicated a strict
   router (resulting in forming the request as described in Section
   12.2.1.1), the procedures MUST be applied to the Request-URI of the
   request.  Otherwise, the procedures are applied to the first Route



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 35] 42]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   header field value in the request (if one exists), or to the
   request's Request-URI if there is no Route header field present.
   These procedures yield an ordered set of address, port, and
   transports to attempt. Independent of which URI is used as input to
   the procedures of [4], if the Request-URI specifies a SIPS resource,
   the UAC MUST follow the procedures of [4] as if the input URI were a
   SIPS URI.

   Local policy MAY specify an alternate set of destinations to attempt.
   If the Request-URI contains a SIPS URI, any alternate destinations
   MUST be contacted with TLS. Beyond that, there are no restrictions on
   the alternate destinations if the request contains no Route header
   field. This provides a simple alternative to a pre-existing route set
   as a way to specify an outbound proxy. However, that approach for
   configuring an outbound proxy is NOT RECOMMENDED; a pre-existing
   route set with a single URI SHOULD be used instead. If the request
   contains a Route header field, the request SHOULD be sent to the
   locations derived from its topmost value, but MAY be sent to any
   server that the UA is certain will honor the Route and Request-URI
   policies specified in this document (as opposed to those in RFC
   2543). In particular, a UAC configured with an outbound proxy SHOULD
   attempt to send the request to the location indicated in the first
   Route header field value instead of adopting the policy of sending
   all messages to the outbound proxy.


        This ensures that outbound proxies that do not add Record-
        Route header field values will drop out of the path of
        subsequent requests. It allows endpoints that cannot
        resolve the first Route URI to delegate that task to an
        outbound proxy.

   The UAC SHOULD follow the procedures defined in [4] for stateful
   elements, trying each address until a server is contacted. Each try
   constitutes a new transaction, and therefore each carries a different
   topmost Via header field value with a new branch parameter.
   Furthermore, the transport value in the Via header field is set to
   whatever transport was determined for the target server.

8.1.3 Processing Responses

   Responses are first processed by the transport layer and then passed
   up to the transaction layer. The transaction layer performs its
   processing and then passes the response up to the TU.  The majority
   of response processing in the TU is method specific. However, there
   are some general behaviors independent of the method.

8.1.3.1 Transaction Layer Errors



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 36] 43]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   In some cases, the response returned by the transaction layer will
   not be a SIP message, but rather a transaction layer error. When a
   timeout error is received from the transaction layer, it MUST be
   treated as if a 408 (Request Timeout) status code has been received.
   If a fatal transport error is reported by the transport layer
   (generally, due to fatal ICMP errors in UDP or connection failures in
   TCP), the condition MUST be treated as a 503 (Service Unavailable)
   status code.

8.1.3.2 Unrecognized Responses

   A UAC MUST treat any final response it does not recognize as being
   equivalent to the x00 response code of that class, and MUST be able
   to process the x00 response code for all classes. For example, if a
   UAC receives an unrecognized response code of 431, it can safely
   assume that there was something wrong with its request and treat the
   response as if it had received a 400 (Bad Request) response code. A
   UAC MUST treat any provisional response different than 100 that it
   does not recognize as 183 (Session Progress). A UAC MUST be able to
   process 100 and 183 responses.

8.1.3.3 Vias

   If more than one Via header field value is present in a response, the
   UAC SHOULD discard the message.

        The presence of additional Via header field values that
        precede the originator of the request suggests that the
        message was misrouted or possibly corrupted.

8.1.3.4 Processing 3xx Responses

   Upon receipt of a redirection response (for example, a 301 response
   status code), clients SHOULD use the URI(s) in the Contact header
   field to formulate one or more new requests based on the redirected
   request.  This process is similar to that of a proxy recursing on a
   3xx class response as detailed in Sections 16.5 and 16.6.  A client
   starts with an initial target set containing exactly one URI, the
   Request-URI of the original request.  If a client wishes to formulate
   new requests based on a 3xx class response to that request, it places
   the URIs to try into the target set. Subject to the restrictions in
   this specification, a client can choose which Contact URIs it places
   into the target set. As with proxy recursion, a client processing 3xx
   class responses MUST NOT add any given URI to the target set more
   than once.  If the original request had a SIPS URI in the Request-
   URI, the client MAY choose to recurse to a non-SIPS URI, but SHOULD
   inform the user of the redirection to an insecure URI.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 37] 44]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


        Any new request may receive 3xx responses themselves
        containing the original URI as a contact. Two locations can
        be configured to redirect to each other. Placing any given
        URI in the target set only once prevents infinite
        redirection loops.

   As the target set grows, the client MAY generate new requests to the
   URIs in any order. A common mechanism is to order the set by the "q"
   parameter value from the Contact header field value. Requests to the
   URIs MAY be generated serially or in parallel. One approach is to
   process groups of decreasing q-values serially and process the URIs
   in each q-value group in parallel. Another is to perform only serial
   processing in decreasing q-value order, arbitrarily choosing between
   contacts of equal q-value.

   If contacting an address in the list results in a failure, as defined
   in the next paragraph, the element moves to the next address in the
   list, until the list is exhausted. If the list is exhausted, then the
   request has failed.

   Failures SHOULD be detected through failure response codes (codes
   greater than 399); for network errors the client transaction will
   report any transport layer failures to the transaction user. Note
   that some response codes (detailed in 8.1.3.5) indicate that the
   request can be retried; requests that are reattempted should not be
   considered failures.

   When a failure for a particular contact address is received, the
   client SHOULD try the next contact address. This will involve
   creating a new client transaction to deliver a new request.

   In order to create a request based on a contact address in a 3xx
   response, a UAC MUST copy the entire URI from the target set into the
   Request-URI, except for the "method-param" and "header" URI
   parameters (see Section 19.1.1 for a definition of these parameters).
   It uses the "header" parameters to create header field values for the
   new request, overwriting header field values associated with the
   redirected request in accordance with the guidelines in Section
   19.1.5.

   Note that in some instances, header fields that have been
   communicated in the contact address may instead append to existing
   request header fields in the original redirected request. As a
   general rule, if the header field can accept a comma-separated list
   of values, then the new header field value MAY be appended to any
   existing values in the original redirected request. If the header
   field does not accept multiple values, the value in the original
   redirected request MAY be overwritten by the header field value



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 38] 45]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   communicated in the contact address. For example, if a contact
   address is returned with the following value:


   sip:user@host?Subject=foo&Call-Info=<http://www.foo.com>



   Then any Subject header field in the original redirected request is
   overwritten, but the HTTP URL is merely appended to any existing
   Call-Info header field values.

   It is RECOMMENDED that the UAC reuse the same To, From, and Call-ID
   used in the original redirected request, but the UAC MAY also choose
   to update the Call-ID header field value for new requests, for
   example.

   Finally, once the new request has been constructed, it is sent using
   a new client transaction, and therefore MUST have a new branch ID in
   the top Via field as discussed in Section 8.1.1.7.

   In all other respects, requests sent upon receipt of a redirect
   response SHOULD re-use the header fields and bodies of the original
   request.

   In some instances, Contact header field values may be cached at UAC
   temporarily or permanently depending on the status code received and
   the presence of an expiration interval; see Sections 21.3.2 and
   21.3.3.

8.1.3.5 Processing 4xx Responses

   Certain 4xx response codes require specific UA processing,
   independent of the method.

   If a 401 (Unauthorized) or 407 (Proxy Authentication Required)
   response is received, the UAC SHOULD follow the authorization
   procedures of Section 22.2 and Section 22.3 to retry the request with
   credentials.

   If a 413 (Request Entity Too Large) response is received (Section
   21.4.11), the request contained a body that was longer than the UAS
   was willing to accept. If possible, the UAC SHOULD retry the request,
   either omitting the body or using one of a smaller length.

   If a 415 (Unsupported Media Type) response is received (Section
   21.4.13), the request contained media types not supported by the UAS.
   The UAC SHOULD retry sending the request, this time only using



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 39] 46]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   content with types listed in the Accept header field in the response,
   with encodings listed in the Accept-Encoding header field in the
   response, and with languages listed in the Accept-Language in the
   response.

   If a 416 (Unsupported URI Scheme) response is received (Section
   21.4.14), the Request-URI used a URI scheme not supported by the
   server. The client SHOULD retry the request, this time, using a SIP
   URI.

   If a 420 (Bad Extension) response is received (Section 21.4.15), the
   request contained a Require or Proxy-Require header field listing an
   option-tag for a feature not supported by a proxy or UAS. The UAC
   SHOULD retry the request, this time omitting any extensions listed in
   the Unsupported header field in the response.

   In all of the above cases, the request is retried by creating a new
   request with the appropriate modifications. This new request SHOULD
   have the same value of the Call-ID, To, and From of the previous
   request, but the CSeq should contain a new sequence number that is
   one higher than the previous.

   With other 4xx responses, including those yet to be defined, a retry
   may or may not be possible depending on the method and the use case.

8.2 UAS Behavior

   When a request outside of a dialog is processed by a UAS, there is a
   set of processing rules that are followed, independent of the method.
   Section 12 gives guidance on how a UAS can tell whether a request is
   inside or outside of a dialog.

   Note that request processing is atomic. If a request is accepted, all
   state changes associated with it MUST be performed. If it is
   rejected, all state changes MUST NOT be performed.

   UASs SHOULD process the requests in the order of the steps that
   follow in this section (that is, starting with authentication, then
   inspecting the method, the header fields, and so on throughout the
   remainder of this section).

8.2.1 Method Inspection

   Once a request is authenticated (or authentication is skipped), the
   UAS MUST inspect the method of the request. If the UAS recognizes but
   does not support the method of a request, it MUST generate a 405
   (Method Not Allowed) response. Procedures for generating responses
   are described in Section 8.2.6. The UAS MUST also add an Allow header



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 40] 47]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   field to the 405 (Method Not Allowed) response. The Allow header
   field MUST list the set of methods supported by the UAS generating
   the message. The Allow header field is presented in Section 20.5.

   If the method is one supported by the server, processing continues.

8.2.2 Header Inspection

   If a UAS does not understand a header field in a request (that is,
   the header field is not defined in this specification or in any
   supported extension), the server MUST ignore that header field and
   continue processing the message. A UAS SHOULD ignore any malformed
   header fields that are not necessary for processing requests.

8.2.2.1 To and Request-URI

   The To header field identifies the original recipient of the request
   designated by the user identified in the From field.  The original
   recipient may or may not be the UAS processing the request, due to
   call forwarding or other proxy operations. A UAS MAY apply any policy
   it wishes to determine whether to accept requests when the To header
   field is not the identity of the UAS. However, it is RECOMMENDED that
   a UAS accept requests even if they do not recognize the URI scheme
   (for example, a tel: URI) in the To header field, or if the To header
   field does not address a known or current user of this UAS. If, on
   the other hand, the UAS decides to reject the request, it SHOULD
   generate a response with a 403 (Forbidden) status code and pass it to
   the server transaction for transmission.

   However, the Request-URI identifies the UAS that is to process the
   request. If the Request-URI uses a scheme not supported by the UAS,
   it SHOULD reject the request with a 416 (Unsupported URI Scheme)
   response. If the Request-URI does not identify an address that the
   UAS is willing to accept requests for, it SHOULD reject the request
   with a 404 (Not Found) response. Typically, a UA that uses the
   REGISTER method to bind its address-of-record to a specific contact
   address will see requests whose Request-URI equals that contact
   address. Other potential sources of received Request-URIs include the
   Contact header fields of requests and responses sent by the UA that
   establish or refresh dialogs.

8.2.2.2 Merged Requests

   If the request has no tag in the To header field, the UAS core MUST
   check the request against ongoing transactions.  If the To tag, From
   tag, Call-ID, CSeq exactly match (including tags) those associated with an ongoing
   transaction, but the branch-ID in the topmost Via request does not match, match that transaction (based
   on the matching rules in Section 17.2.3), the UAS core SHOULD generate a 482 (Loop Detected)



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 41] 48]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   generate a 482 (Loop Detected) response and pass it to the server
   transaction.

        The same request has arrived at the UAS more than once,
        following different paths, most likely due to forking. The
        UAS processes the first such request received and responds
        with a 482 (Loop Detected) to the rest of them.

8.2.2.3 Require

   Assuming the UAS decides that it is the proper element to process the
   request, it examines the Require header field, if present.

   The Require header field is used by a UAC to tell a UAS about SIP
   extensions that the UAC expects the UAS to support in order to
   process the request properly. Its format is described in Section
   20.32. If a UAS does not understand an option-tag listed in a Require
   header field, it MUST respond by generating a response with status
   code 420 (Bad Extension). The UAS MUST add an Unsupported header
   field, and list in it those options it does not understand amongst
   those in the Require header field of the request.

   Note that Require and Proxy-Require MUST NOT be used in a SIP CANCEL
   request, or in an ACK request sent for a non-2xx response. These
   header fields MUST be ignored if they are present in these requests.

   An ACK request for a 2xx response MUST contain only those Require and
   Proxy-Require values that were present in the initial request.

   Example:

   UAC->UAS:   INVITE sip:watson@bell-telephone.com SIP/2.0
               Require: 100rel


   UAS->UAC:   SIP/2.0 420 Bad Extension
               Unsupported: 100rel




        This behavior ensures that the client-server interaction
        will proceed without delay when all options are understood
        by both sides, and only slow down if options are not
        understood (as in the example above). For a well-matched
        client-server pair, the interaction proceeds quickly,
        saving a round-trip often required by negotiation
        mechanisms. In addition, it also removes ambiguity when the
        client requires features that the server does not



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 42] 49]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


        client requires features that the server does not
        understand. Some features, such as call handling fields,
        are only of interest to end systems.

8.2.3 Content Processing

   Assuming the UAS understands any extensions required by the client,
   the UAS examines the body of the message, and the header fields that
   describe it.  If there are any bodies whose type (indicated by the
   Content-Type), language (indicated by the Content-Language) or
   encoding (indicated by the Content-Encoding) are not understood, and
   that body part is not optional (as indicated by the Content-
   Disposition header field), the UAS MUST reject the request with a 415
   (Unsupported Media Type) response. The response MUST contain an
   Accept header field listing the types of all bodies it understands,
   in the event the request contained bodies of types not supported by
   the UAS. If the request contained content encodings not understood by
   the UAS, the response MUST contain an Accept-Encoding header field
   listing the encodings understood by the UAS. If the request contained
   content with languages not understood by the UAS, the response MUST
   contain an Accept-Language header field indicating the languages
   understood by the UAS. Beyond these checks, body handling depends on
   the method and type. For further information on the processing of
   content-specific header fields, see Section 7.4 as well as Section
   20.11 through 20.15.

8.2.4 Applying Extensions

   A UAS that wishes to apply some extension when generating the
   response MUST NOT do so unless support for that extension is
   indicated in the Supported header field in the request. If the
   desired extension is not supported, the server SHOULD rely only on
   baseline SIP and any other extensions supported by the client.  In
   rare circumstances, where the server cannot process the request
   without the extension, the server MAY send a 421 (Extension Required)
   response. This response indicates that the proper response cannot be
   generated without support of a specific extension. The needed
   extension(s) MUST be included in a Require header field in the
   response. This behavior is NOT RECOMMENDED, as it will generally
   break interoperability.

   Any extensions applied to a non-421 response MUST be listed in a
   Require header field included in the response. Of course, the server
   MUST NOT apply extensions not listed in the Supported header field in
   the request. As a result of this, the Require header field in a
   response will only ever contain option tags defined in standards-
   track RFCs.

8.2.5 Processing the Request




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 43] 50]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


8.2.5 Processing the Request

   Assuming all of the checks in the previous subsections are passed,
   the UAS processing becomes method-specific. Section 10 covers the
   REGISTER request, section 11 covers the OPTIONS request, section 13
   covers the INVITE request, and section 15 covers the BYE request.

8.2.6 Generating the Response

   When a UAS wishes to construct a response to a request, it follows
   the general procedures detailed in the following subsections.
   Additional behaviors specific to the response code in question, which
   are not detailed in this section, may also be required.

   Once all procedures associated with the creation of a response have
   been completed, the UAS hands the response back to the server
   transaction from which it received the request.

8.2.6.1 Sending a Provisional Response

   One largely non-method-specific guideline for the generation of
   responses is that UASs SHOULD NOT issue a provisional response for a
   non-INVITE request. Rather, UASs SHOULD generate a final response to
   a non-INVITE request as soon as possible.

   When a 100 (Trying) response is generated, any Timestamp header field
   present in the request MUST be copied into this 100 (Trying)
   response. If there is a delay in generating the response, the UAS
   SHOULD add a delay value into the Timestamp value in the response.
   This value MUST contain the difference between time of sending of the
   response and receipt of the request, measured in seconds.

8.2.6.2 Headers and Tags

   The From field of the response MUST equal the From header field of
   the request. The Call-ID header field of the response MUST equal the
   Call-ID header field of the request. The CSeq header field of the
   response MUST equal the CSeq field of the request. The Via header
   field values in the response MUST equal the Via header field values
   in the request and MUST maintain the same ordering.

   If a request contained a To tag in the request, the To header field
   in the response MUST equal that of the request. However, if the To
   header field in the request did not contain a tag, the URI in the To
   header field in the response MUST equal the URI in the To header
   field; additionally, the UAS MUST add a tag to the To header field in
   the response (with the exception of the 100 (Trying) response, in
   which a tag MAY be present). This serves to identify the UAS that is



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 51]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   responding, possibly resulting in a component of a dialog ID. The
   same tag MUST be used for all responses to that request, both final



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 44]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   and provisional (again excepting the 100 (Trying)). Procedures for
   generation of tags are defined in Section 19.3.

8.2.7 Stateless UAS Behavior

   A stateless UAS is a UAS that does not maintain transaction state. It
   replies to requests normally, but discards any state that would
   ordinarily be retained by a UAS after a response has been sent. If a
   stateless UAS receives a retransmission of a request, it regenerates
   the response and resends it, just as if it were replying to the first
   instance of the request. Stateless UASs do not use a transaction
   layer; they receive requests directly from the transport layer and
   send responses directly to the transport layer.

   The stateless UAS role is needed primarily to handle unauthenticated
   requests for which a challenge response is issued. If unauthenticated
   requests were handled statefully, then malicious floods of
   unauthenticated requests could create massive amounts of transaction
   state that might slow or completely halt call processing in a UAS,
   effectively creating a denial of service condition; for more
   information see Section 26.1.5.

   The most important behaviors of a stateless UAS are the following:

        o A stateless UAS MUST NOT send provisional (1xx) responses.

        o A stateless UAS MUST NOT retransmit responses.

        o A stateless UAS MUST ignore ACK requests.

        o A stateless UAS MUST ignore CANCEL requests.

        o To header tags MUST be generated for responses in a stateless
          manner - in a manner that will generate the same tag for the
          same request consistently.  For information on tag
          construction see Section 19.3.

   In all other respects, a stateless UAS behaves in the same manner as
   a stateful UAS. A UAS can operate in either a stateful or stateless
   mode for each new request.

8.3 Redirect Servers

   In some architectures it may be desirable to reduce the processing
   load on proxy servers that are responsible for routing requests, and
   improve signaling path robustness, by relying on redirection.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 52]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   Redirection allows servers to push routing information for a request
   back in a response to the client, thereby taking themselves out of



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 45]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   the loop of further messaging for this transaction while still aiding
   in locating the target of the request. When the originator of the
   request receives the redirection, it will send a new request based on
   the URI(s) it has received. By propagating URIs from the core of the
   network to its edges, redirection allows for considerable network
   scalability.

   A redirect server is logically constituted of a server transaction
   layer and a transaction user that has access to a location service of
   some kind (see Section 10 for more on registrars and location
   services). This location service is effectively a database containing
   mappings between a single URI and a set of one or more alternative
   locations at which the target of that URI can be found.

   A redirect server does not issue any SIP requests of its own. After
   receiving a request other than CANCEL, the server either refuses the
   request or gathers the list of alternative locations from the
   location service and returns a final response of class 3xx. For
   well-formed CANCEL requests, it SHOULD return a 2xx response. This
   response ends the SIP transaction. The redirect server maintains
   transaction state for an entire SIP transaction. It is the
   responsibility of clients to detect forwarding loops between redirect
   servers.

   When a redirect server returns a 3xx response to a request, it
   populates the list of (one or more) alternative locations into the
   Contact header field. An "expires" parameter to the Contact header
   field values may also be supplied to indicate the lifetime of the
   Contact data.

   The Contact header field contains URIs giving the new locations or
   user names to try, or may simply specify additional transport
   parameters. A 301 (Moved Permanently) or 302 (Moved Temporarily)
   response may also give the same location and username that was
   targeted by the initial request but specify additional transport
   parameters such as a different server or multicast address to try, or
   a change of SIP transport from UDP to TCP or vice versa.

   However, redirect servers MUST NOT redirect a request to a URI equal
   to the one in the Request-URI; instead, provided that the URI does
   not point to itself, the redirect server SHOULD MAY proxy the request to the
   destination URI. URI, or MAY reject it with a 404.

        If a client is using an outbound proxy, and that proxy
        actually redirects requests, a potential arises for
        infinite redirection loops.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 53]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   Note that a Contact header field value MAY also refer to a different



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 46]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   resource than the one originally called. For example, a SIP call
   connected to PSTN gateway may need to deliver a special informational
   announcement such as "The number you have dialed has been changed."

   A Contact response header field can contain any suitable URI
   indicating where the called party can be reached, not limited to SIP
   URIs. For example, it could contain URIs for phones, fax, or irc (if
   they were defined) or a mailto:  (RFC 2368 [31]) [32]) URL. Section 26.4.4
   discusses implications and limitations of redirecting a SIPS URI to a
   non-SIPS URI.

   The "expires" parameter of a Contact header field value indicates how
   long the URI is valid. The value of the parameter is a number
   indicating seconds. If this parameter is not provided, the value of
   the Expires header field determines how long the URI is valid.
   Malformed values SHOULD be treated as equivalent to 3600.


        This provides a modest level of backwards compatibility
        with RFC 2543, which allowed absolute times in this header
        field. If an absolute time is received, it will be treated
        as malformed, and then default to 3600.

   Redirect servers MUST ignore features that are not understood
   (including unrecognized header fields, any unknown option tags in
   Require, or even method names) and proceed with the redirection of
   the request in question.

9 Canceling a Request

   The previous section has discussed general UA behavior for generating
   requests and processing responses for requests of all methods. In
   this section, we discuss a general purpose method, called CANCEL.

   The CANCEL request, as the name implies, is used to cancel a previous
   request sent by a client. Specifically, it asks the UAS to cease
   processing the request and to generate an error response to that
   request. CANCEL has no effect on a request to which a UAS has already
   given a final response. Because of this, it is most useful to CANCEL
   requests to which it can take a server long time to respond. For this
   reason, CANCEL is best for INVITE requests, which can take a long
   time to generate a response. In that usage, a UAS that receives a
   CANCEL request for an INVITE, but has not yet sent a final response,
   would "stop ringing", and then respond to the INVITE with a specific
   error response (a 487).

   CANCEL requests can be constructed and sent by both proxies and user
   agent clients.  Section 15 discusses under what conditions a UAC



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 47] 54]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   agent clients.  Section 15 discusses under what conditions a UAC
   would CANCEL an INVITE request, and Section 16.10 discusses proxy
   usage of CANCEL.

   A stateful proxy responds to a CANCEL, rather than simply forwarding
   a response it would receive from a downstream element. For that
   reason, CANCEL is referred to as a "hop-by-hop" request, since it is
   responded to at each stateful proxy hop.

9.1 Client Behavior

   A CANCEL request SHOULD NOT be sent to cancel a request other than
   INVITE.

        Since requests other than INVITE are responded to
        immediately, sending a CANCEL for a non-INVITE request
        would always create a race condition.

   The following procedures are used to construct a CANCEL request. The
   Request-URI, Call-ID, To, the numeric part of CSeq, and From header
   fields in the CANCEL request MUST be identical to those in the
   request being cancelled, including tags. A CANCEL constructed by a
   client MUST have only a single Via header field value matching the
   top Via value in the request being cancelled. Using the same values
   for these header fields allows the CANCEL to be matched with the
   request it cancels (Section 9.2 indicates how such matching occurs).
   However, the method part of the CSeq header field MUST have a value
   of CANCEL. This allows it to be identified and processed as a
   transaction in its own right (See Section 17).

   If the request being cancelled contains a Route header field, the
   CANCEL request MUST include that Route header field's values.

        This is needed so that stateless proxies are able to route
        CANCEL requests properly.

   The CANCEL request MUST NOT contain any Require or Proxy-Require
   header fields.

   Once the CANCEL is constructed, the client SHOULD check whether it
   has received any response (provisional or final) for the request
   being cancelled (herein referred to as the "original request").

   If no provisional response has been received, the CANCEL request MUST
   NOT be sent; rather, the client MUST wait for the arrival of a
   provisional response before sending the request. If the original
   request has generated a final response, the CANCEL SHOULD NOT be
   sent, as it is an effective no-op, since CANCEL has no effect on
   requests that have already generated a final response. When the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 48] 55]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   requests that have already generated a final response. When the
   client decides to send the CANCEL, it creates a client transaction
   for the CANCEL and passes it the CANCEL request along with the
   destination address, port, and transport. The destination address,
   port, and transport for the CANCEL MUST be identical to those used to
   send the original request.


        If it was allowed to send the CANCEL before receiving a
        response for the previous request, the server could receive
        the CANCEL before the original request.

   Note that both the transaction corresponding to the original request
   and the CANCEL transaction will complete independently. However, a
   UAC canceling a request cannot rely on receiving a 487 (Request
   Terminated) response for the original request, as an RFC 2543-
   compliant UAS will not generate such a response. If there is no final
   response for the original request in 64*T1 seconds (T1 is defined in
   Section 17.1.1.1), the client SHOULD then consider the original
   transaction cancelled and SHOULD destroy the client transaction
   handling the original request.

9.2 Server Behavior

   The CANCEL method requests that the TU at the server side cancel a
   pending transaction. The TU determines the transaction to be
   cancelled by taking the CANCEL request, and then assuming that the
   request method is anything but CANCEL and applying the transaction
   matching procedures of Section 17.2.3. The matching transaction is
   the one to be cancelled.

   The processing of a CANCEL request at a server depends on the type of
   server. A stateless proxy will forward it, a stateful proxy might
   respond to it and generate some CANCEL requests of its own, and a UAS
   will respond to it. See Section 16.10 for proxy treatment of CANCEL.

   A UAS first processes the CANCEL request according to the general UAS
   processing described in Section 8.2. However, since CANCEL requests
   are hop-by-hop and cannot be resubmitted, they cannot be challenged
   by the server in order to get proper credentials in an Authorization
   header field. Note also that CANCEL requests do not contain a Require
   header field.

   If the UAS did not find a matching transaction for the CANCEL
   according to the procedure above, it SHOULD respond to the CANCEL
   with a 481 (Call Leg/Transaction Does Not Exist). If the transaction
   for the original request still exists, the behavior of the UAS on
   receiving a CANCEL request depends on whether it has already sent a



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 56]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   final response for the original request. If it has, the CANCEL



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 49]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   request has no effect on the processing of the original request, no
   effect on any session state, and no effect on the responses generated
   for the original request. If the UAS has not issued a final response
   for the original request, its behavior depends on the method of the
   original request. If the original request was an INVITE, the UAS
   SHOULD immediately respond to the INVITE with a 487 (Request
   Terminated). The behavior upon reception of a CANCEL request for any
   other method defined in this specification is effectively no-op.

   Regardless of the method of the original request, as long as the
   CANCEL matched an existing transaction, the UAS answers the CANCEL
   request itself with a 200 (OK) response.  This response is
   constructed following the procedures described in Section 8.2.6
   noting that the To tag of the response to the CANCEL and the To tag
   in the response to the original request SHOULD be the same. The
   response to CANCEL is passed to the server transaction for
   transmission.

10 Registrations

10.1 Overview

   SIP offers a discovery capability. If a user wants to initiate a
   session with another user, SIP must discover the current host(s) at
   which the destination user is reachable.  This discovery process is
   frequently accomplished by SIP network elements such as proxy servers
   and redirect servers which are responsible for receiving a request,
   determining where to send it based on knowledge of the location of
   the user, and then sending it there.  To do this, SIP network
   elements consult an abstract service known as a location service ,
   which provides address bindings for a particular domain. These
   address bindings map an incoming SIP or SIPS URI, sip:bob@biloxi.com
   , for example, to one or more URIs that are somehow "closer" to the
   desired user, sip:bob@engineering.biloxi.com , for example.
   Ultimately, a proxy will consult a location service that maps a
   received URI to the user agent(s) at which the desired recipient is
   currently residing.

   Registration creates bindings in a location service for a particular
   domain that associate an address-of-record URI with one or more
   contact addresses. Thus, when a proxy for that domain receives a
   request whose Request-URI matches the address-of-record, the proxy
   will forward the request to the contact addresses registered to that
   address-of-record. Generally, it only makes sense to register an
   address-of-record at a domain's location service when requests for
   that address-of-record would be routed to that domain. In most cases,
   this means that the domain of the registration will need to match the
   domain in the URI of the address-of-record.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 50] 57]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


   domain in the URI of the address-of-record.

   There are many ways by which the contents of the location service can
   be established. One way is administratively. In the above example,
   Bob is known to be a member of the engineering department through
   access to a corporate database. However, SIP provides a mechanism for
   a UA to create a binding explicitly. This mechanism is known as
   registration.

   Registration entails sending a REGISTER request to a special type of
   UAS known as a registrar. A registrar acts as the front end to the
   location service for a domain, reading and writing mappings based on
   the contents of REGISTER requests. This location service is then
   typically consulted by a proxy server that is responsible for routing
   requests for that domain.

   An illustration of the overall registration process is given in 2.
   Note that the registrar and proxy server are logical roles that can
   be played by a single device in a network; for purposes of clarity
   the two are separated in this illustration. Also note that UAs may
   send requests through a proxy server in order to reach a registrar if
   the two are separate elements.

   SIP does not mandate a particular mechanism for implementing the
   location service. The only requirement is that a registrar for some
   domain MUST be able to read and write data to the location service,
   and a proxy or redirect server for that domain MUST be capable of
   reading that same data. A registrar MAY be co-located with a
   particular SIP proxy server for the same domain.


10.2 Constructing the REGISTER Request

   REGISTER requests add, remove, and query bindings. A REGISTER request
   can add a new binding between an address-of-record and one or more
   contact addresses. Registration on behalf of a particular address-
   of-record can be performed by a suitably authorized third party.  A
   client can also remove previous bindings or query to determine which
   bindings are currently in place for an address-of-record.

   Except as noted, the construction of the REGISTER request and the
   behavior of clients sending a REGISTER request is identical to the
   general UAC behavior described in Section 8.1 and Section 17.1.

   A REGISTER request does not establish a dialog. A UAC MAY include a
   Route header field in a REGISTER request based on a pre-existing
   route set as described in Section 8.1.  The Record-Route header field
   has no meaning in REGISTER requests or responses, and MUST be ignored



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 58]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   if present.  In particular, the UAC MUST NOT create a new route set
   based on the presence or absence of a Record-Route header field in



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 51]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   any response to a REGISTER request.

   The following header fields, except Contact, MUST be included in a
   REGISTER request.  A Contact header field MAY be included:

        Request-URI: The Request-URI names the domain of the location
             service for which the registration is meant (for example,
             "sip:chicago.com"). The "userinfo" and "@" components of
             the SIP URI MUST NOT be present.

        To: The To header field contains the address of record whose
             registration is to be created, queried, or modified. The To
             header field and the Request-URI field typically differ, as
             the former contains a user name.  This address-of-record
             MUST be a SIP URI or SIPS URI.

        From: The From header field contains the address-of-record of
             the person responsible for the registration.  The value is
             the same as the To header field unless the request is a
             third-party registration.

        Call-ID: All registrations from a UAC SHOULD use the same Call-
             ID header field value for registrations sent to a
             particular registrar.


             If the same client were to use different Call-ID
             values, a registrar could not detect whether a delayed
             REGISTER request might have arrived out of order.

        CSeq: The CSeq value guarantees proper ordering of REGISTER
             requests. A UA MUST increment the CSeq value by one for
             each REGISTER request with the same Call-ID.

        Contact: REGISTER requests MAY contain a Contact header field
             with zero or more values containing address bindings.

   UAs MUST NOT send a new registration (that is, containing new Contact
   header field values, as opposed to a retransmission) until they have
   received a final response from the registrar for the previous one or
   the previous REGISTER request has timed out.

   The following Contact header parameters have a special meaning in
   REGISTER requests:

        action: The "action" parameter from RFC 2543 has been
             deprecated. UACs SHOULD NOT use the "action" parameter.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 52] 59]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002




                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                   bob                    
                                                 +----+                   
                                                 | UA |                   
                                                 |    |                   
                                                 +----+                   
                                                    |                     
                                                    |3)INVITE             
                                                    |   carol@chicago.com 
           chicago.com        +--------+            V                     
           +---------+ 2)Store|Location|4)Query +-----+                   
           |Registrar|=======>| Service|<=======|Proxy|sip.chicago.com    
           +---------+        +--------+=======>+-----+                   
                 A                      5)Resp      |                     
                 |                                  |                     
                 |                                  |                     
       1)REGISTER|                                  |                     
                 |                                  |                     
              +----+                                |                     
              | UA |<-------------------------------+                     
     cube2214a|    |                            6)INVITE                  
              +----+                    carol@cube2214a.chicago.com       
               carol                                                      
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          



   Figure 2: REGISTER example

J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 53] 60]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


             deprecated. UACs SHOULD NOT use the "action" parameter.

        expires: The "expires" parameter indicates how long the UA would
             like the binding to be valid.  The value is a number
             indicating seconds. If this parameter is not provided, the
             value of the Expires header field is used instead.
             Implementations MAY treat values larger than 2**32-1
             (4294967295 seconds or 136 years) as equivalent to 2**32-1.
             Malformed values SHOULD be treated as equivalent to 3600.

10.2.1 Adding Bindings

   The REGISTER request sent to a registrar includes the contact
   address(es) to which SIP requests for the address-of-record should be
   forwarded.  The address-of-record is included in the To header field
   of the REGISTER request.

   The Contact header field values of the request typically consist of
   SIP or SIPS URIs that identify particular SIP endpoints (for example,
   "sip:carol@cube2214a.chicago.com"), but they MAY use any URI scheme.
   A SIP UA can choose to register telephone numbers (with the tel URL,
   RFC 2806 [9]) or email addresses (with a mailto URL, RFC 2368[31]) 2368[32]) as
   Contacts for an address-of-record, for example.

   For example, Carol, with address-of-record "sip:carol@chicago.com",
   would register with the SIP registrar of the domain chicago.com. Her
   registrations would then be used by a proxy server in the chicago.com
   domain to route requests for Carol's address-of-record to her SIP
   endpoint.

   Once a client has established bindings at a registrar, it MAY send
   subsequent registrations containing new bindings or modifications to
   existing bindings as necessary. The 2xx response to the REGISTER
   request will contain, in a Contact header field, a complete list of
   bindings that have been registered for this address-of-record at this
   registrar.

   If the address-of-record in the To header field of a REGISTER request
   is a SIPS URI, then any Contact header field values in the request
   SHOULD also be SIPS URIs. Clients should only register non-SIPS URIs
   under a SIPS address-of-record when the security of the resource
   represented by the contact address is guaranteed by other means.
   This may be applicable to URIs that invoke protocols other than SIP,
   or SIP devices secured by protocols other than TLS.

   Registrations do not need to update all bindings. Typically, a UA
   only updates its own contact addresses.

10.2.1.1 Setting the Expiration Interval of Contact Addresses




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 54] 61]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


10.2.1.1 Setting the Expiration Interval of Contact Addresses

   When a client sends a REGISTER request, it MAY suggest an expiration
   interval that indicates how long the client would like the
   registration to be valid. (As described in Section 10.3, the
   registrar selects the actual time interval based on its local
   policy.)

   There are two ways in which a client can suggest an expiration
   interval for a binding: through an Expires header field or an
   "expires" Contact header parameter. The latter allows expiration
   intervals to be suggested on a per-binding basis when more than one
   binding is given in a single REGISTER request, whereas the former
   suggests an expiration interval for all Contact header field values
   that do not contain the "expires" parameter.

   If neither mechanism for expressing a suggested expiration time is
   present in a REGISTER, a default suggestion of one hour SHOULD be
   assumed.

10.2.1.2 Preferences among Contact Addresses

   If more than one Contact is sent in a REGISTER request, the
   registering UA intends to associate all of the URIs in these Contact
   header field values with the address-of-record present in the To
   field. This list can be prioritized with the "q" parameter in the
   Contact header field. The "q" parameter indicates a relative
   preference for the particular Contact header field value compared to
   other bindings present in this REGISTER message or existing within
   the location service of the registrar. Section 16.6 describes how a
   proxy server uses this preference indication.

10.2.2 Removing Bindings

   Registrations are soft state and expire unless refreshed, but can
   also be explicitly removed. A client can attempt to influence the
   expiration interval selected by the registrar as described in Section
   10.2.1. A UA requests the immediate removal of a binding by
   specifying an expiration interval of "0" for that contact address in
   a REGISTER request. UAs SHOULD support this mechanism so that
   bindings can be removed before their expiration interval has passed.

   The REGISTER-specific Contact header field value of "*" applies to
   all registrations, but it MUST NOT be used unless the Expires header
   field is present with a value of "0".


        Use of the "*" Contact header field value allows a



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 62]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        registering UA to remove all of its bindings associated with an
        address-of-record without knowing their precise values.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 55]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

10.2.3 Fetching Bindings

   A success response to any REGISTER request contains the complete list
   of existing bindings, regardless of whether the request contained a
   Contact header field. If no Contact header field is present in a
   REGISTER request, the list of bindings is left unchanged.

10.2.4 Refreshing Bindings

   Each UA is responsible for refreshing the bindings that it has
   previously established. A UA SHOULD NOT refresh bindings set up by
   other UAs.

   The 200 (OK) response from the registrar contains a list of Contact
   fields enumerating all current bindings. The UA compares each contact
   address to see if it created the contact address, using comparison
   rules in Section 19.1.4. If so, it updates the expiration time
   interval according to the expires parameter or, if absent, the
   Expires field value. The UA then issues a REGISTER request for each
   of its bindings before the expiration interval has elapsed. It MAY
   combine several updates into one REGISTER request.

   A UA SHOULD use the same Call-ID for all registrations during a
   single boot cycle. Registration refreshes SHOULD be sent to the same
   network address as the original registration, unless redirected.

10.2.5 Setting the Internal Clock

   If the response for a REGISTER request contains a Date header field,
   the client MAY use this header field to learn the current time in
   order to set any internal clocks.

10.2.6 Discovering a Registrar

   UAs can use three ways to determine the address to which to send
   registrations:  by configuration, using the address-of-record, and
   multicast. A UA can be configured, in ways beyond the scope of this
   specification, with a registrar address. If there is no configured
   registrar address, the UA SHOULD use the host part of the address-
   of-record as the Request-URI and address the request there, using the
   normal SIP server location mechanisms [4]. For example, the UA for
   the user "sip:carol@chicago.com" addresses the REGISTER request to
   "sip:chicago.com".

   Finally, a UA can be configured to use multicast. Multicast



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 63]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   registrations are addressed to the well-known "all SIP servers"
   multicast address "sip.mcast.net" (224.0.1.75 for IPv4). No well-
   known IPv6 multicast address has been allocated; such an allocation



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 56]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   will be documented separately when needed. SIP UAs MAY listen to that
   address and use it to become aware of the location of other local
   users (see [32]); [33]); however, they do not respond to the request.


        Multicast registration may be inappropriate in some
        environments, for example, if multiple businesses share the
        same local area network.

10.2.7 Transmitting a Request

   Once the REGISTER method has been constructed, and the destination of
   the message identified, UACs follow the procedures described in
   Section 8.1.2 to hand off the REGISTER to the transaction layer.

   If the transaction layer returns a timeout error because the REGISTER
   yielded no response, the UAC SHOULD NOT immediately re-attempt a
   registration to the same registrar.

        An immediate re-attempt is likely to also timeout. Waiting
        some reasonable time interval for the conditions causing
        the timeout to be corrected reduces unnecessary load on the
        network. No specific interval is mandated.

10.2.8 Error Responses

   If a UA receives a 423 (Interval Too Brief) response, it MAY retry
   the registration after making the expiration interval of all contact
   addresses in the REGISTER request equal to or greater than the
   expiration interval within the Min-Expires header field of the 423
   (Interval Too Brief) response.

10.3 Processing REGISTER Requests

   A registrar is a UAS that responds to REGISTER requests and maintains
   a list of bindings that are accessible to proxy servers and redirect
   servers within its administrative domain. A registrar handles
   requests according to Section 8.2 and Section 17.2, but it accepts
   only REGISTER requests. A registrar MUST not generate 6xx responses.

   A registrar MAY redirect REGISTER requests as appropriate. One common
   usage would be for a registrar listening on a multicast interface to
   redirect multicast REGISTER requests to its own unicast interface
   with a 302 (Moved Temporarily) response.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 64]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   Registrars MUST ignore the Record-Route header field if it is
   included in a REGISTER request. Registrars MUST NOT include a
   Record-Route header field in any response to a REGISTER request.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 57]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


        A registrar might receive a request that traversed a proxy
        which treats REGISTER as an unknown request and which added
        a Record-Route header field value.

   A registrar has to know (for example, through configuration) the set
   of domain(s) for which it maintains bindings. REGISTER requests MUST
   be processed by a registrar in the order that they are received.
   REGISTER requests MUST also be processed atomically, meaning that a
   particular REGISTER request is either processed completely or not at
   all.  Each REGISTER message MUST be processed independently of any
   other registration or binding changes.

   When receiving a REGISTER request, a registrar follows these steps:

        1.   The registrar inspects the Request-URI to determine whether
             it has access to bindings for the domain identified in the
             Request-URI. If not, and if the server also acts as a proxy
             server, the server SHOULD forward the request to the
             addressed domain, following the general behavior for
             proxying messages described in Section 16.

        2.   To guarantee that the registrar supports any necessary
             extensions, the registrar MUST process the Require header
             field values as described for UASs in Section 8.2.2.

        3.   A registrar SHOULD authenticate the UAC. Mechanisms for the
             authentication of SIP user agents are described in Section
             22. Registration behavior in no way overrides the generic
             authentication framework for SIP. If no authentication
             mechanism is available, the registrar MAY take the From
             address as the asserted identity of the originator of the
             request.

        4.   The registrar SHOULD determine if the authenticated user is
             authorized to modify registrations for this address-of-
             record. For example, a registrar might consult a
             authorization database that maps user names to a list of
             addresses-of-record for which that user has authorization
             to modify bindings.  If the authenticated user is not
             authorized to modify bindings, the registrar MUST return a
             403 (Forbidden) and skip the remaining steps.





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 65]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             In architectures that support third-party
             registration, one entity may be responsible for
             updating the registrations associated with multiple
             addresses-of-record.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 58]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

        5.   The registrar extracts the address-of-record from the To
             header field of the request. If the address-of-record is
             not valid for the domain in the Request-URI, the registrar
             MUST send a 404 (Not Found) response and skip the remaining
             steps.  The URI MUST then be converted to a canonical form.
             To do that, all URI parameters MUST be removed (including
             the user-param), and any escaped characters MUST be
             converted to their unescaped form. The result serves as an
             index into the list of bindings.

        6.   The registrar checks whether the request contains the
             Contact header field. If not, it skips to the last step.
             If the Contact header field is present, the registrar
             checks if there is one Contact field value that contains
             the special value "*" and an Expires field. If the request
             has additional Contact fields or an expiration time other
             than zero, the request is invalid, and the server MUST
             return a 400 Invalid Request and skip the remaining steps.
             If not, the registrar checks whether the Call-ID agrees
             with the value stored for each binding. If not, it MUST
             remove the binding. If it does agree, it MUST remove the
             binding only if the CSeq in the request is higher than the
             value stored for that binding. Otherwise the registrar MUST
             leave the binding as is.  It then skips to the last step.

        7.   The registrar now processes each contact address in the
             Contact header field in turn. For each address, it
             determines the expiration interval as follows:

             - If the field value has an "expires" parameter, that value
               MUST be used.

             - If there is no such parameter, but the request has an
               Expires header field, that value MUST be used.

             - If there is neither, a locally-configured default value
               MUST be used.

             The registrar MAY shorten the expiration interval. If and
             only if the expiration interval is greater than zero AND
             smaller than one hour AND less than a registrar-configured
             minimum, the registrar MAY reject the registration with a
             response of 423 (Registration Too Brief).  This response



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 66]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             MUST contain a Min-Expires header field that states the
             minimum expiration interval the registrar is willing to
             honor. It then skips the remaining steps.





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 59]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


             Allowing the registrar to set the registration
             interval protects it against excessively frequent
             registration refreshes while limiting the state that
             it needs to maintain and decreasing the likelihood of
             registrations going stale. The expiration interval of
             a registration is frequently used in the creation of
             services. An example is a follow-me service, where the
             user may only be available at a terminal for a brief
             period. Therefore, registrars should accept brief
             registrations; a request should only be rejected if
             the interval is so short that the refreshes would
             degrade registrar performance.

             For each address, the registrar then searches the list of
             current bindings using the URI comparison rules. If the
             binding does not exist, it is tentatively added. If the
             binding does exist, the registrar checks the Call-ID value.
             If the Call-ID value in the existing binding differs from
             the Call-ID value in the request, the binding MUST be
             removed if the expiration time is zero and updated
             otherwise.  If they are the same, the registrar compares
             the CSeq value. If the value is higher than that of the
             existing binding, it MUST update or remove the binding as
             above. If not, the update MUST be aborted and the request
             fails.


             This algorithm ensures that out-of-order requests from
             the same UA are ignored.

             Each binding record records the Call-ID and CSeq values
             from the request.

             The binding updates MUST be committed (that is, made
             visible to the proxy or redirect server) if and only if all
             binding updates and additions succeed. If any one of them
             fails (for example, because the back-end database commit
             failed), the request MUST fail with a 500 (Server Error)
             response and all tentative binding updates MUST be removed.

        8.   The registrar returns a 200 (OK) response. The response
             MUST contain Contact header field values enumerating all
             current bindings.  Each Contact value MUST feature an



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 67]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             "expires" parameter indicating its expiration interval
             chosen by the registrar.  The response SHOULD include a
             Date header field.

11 Querying for Capabilities



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 60]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   The SIP method OPTIONS allows a UA to query another UA or a proxy
   server as to its capabilities. This allows a client to discover
   information about the supported methods, content types, extensions,
   codecs, etc. without "ringing" the other party. For example, before a
   client inserts a Require header field into an INVITE listing an
   option that it is not certain the destination UAS supports, the
   client can query the destination UAS with an OPTIONS to see if this
   option is returned in a Supported header field.  All UAs MUST support
   the OPTIONS method.

   The target of the OPTIONS request is identified by the Request-URI,
   which could identify another UA or a SIP server. If the OPTIONS is
   addressed to a proxy server, the Request-URI is set without a user
   part, similar to the way a Request-URI is set for a REGISTER request.

   Alternatively, a server receiving an OPTIONS request with a Max-
   Forwards header field value of 0 MAY respond to the request
   regardless of the Request-URI.


        This behavior is common with HTTP/1.1. This behavior can be
        used as a "traceroute" functionality to check the
        capabilities of individual hop servers by sending a series
        of OPTIONS requests with incremented Max-Forwards values.

   As is the case for general UA behavior, the transaction layer can
   return a timeout error if the OPTIONS yields no response. This may
   indicate that the target is unreachable and hence unavailable.

   An OPTIONS request MAY be sent as part of an established dialog to
   query the peer on capabilities that may be utilized later in the
   dialog.

11.1 Construction of OPTIONS Request

   An OPTIONS request is constructed using the standard rules for a SIP
   request as discussed Section 8.1.1.

   A Contact header field MAY be present in an OPTIONS.

   An Accept header field SHOULD be included to indicate the type of
   message body the UAC wishes to receive in the response. Typically,



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 68]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   this is set to a format that is used to describe the media
   capabilities of a UA, such as SDP (application/sdp).

   The response to an OPTIONS request is assumed to be scoped to the
   Request-URI in the original request. However, only when an OPTIONS is
   sent as part of an established dialog is it guaranteed that future



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 61]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   requests will be received by the server that generated the OPTIONS
   response.

   Example OPTIONS request:


     OPTIONS sip:carol@chicago.com SIP/2.0
     Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKhjhs8ass877
     Max-Forwards: 70
     To: <sip:carol@chicago.com>
     From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
     Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
     CSeq: 63104 OPTIONS
     Contact: <sip:alice@pc33.atlanta.com>
     Accept: application/sdp
     Content-Length: 0



11.2 Processing of OPTIONS Request

   The response to an OPTIONS is constructed using the standard rules
   for a SIP response as discussed in Section 8.2.6.  The response code
   chosen MUST be the same that would have been chosen had the request
   been an INVITE. That is, a 200 (OK) would be returned if the UAS is
   ready to accept a call, a 486 (Busy Here) would be returned if the
   UAS is busy, etc. This allows an OPTIONS request to be used to
   determine the basic state of a UAS, which can be an indication of
   whether the UAC UAS will accept an INVITE request.

   An OPTIONS request received within a dialog generates a 200 (OK)
   response that is identical to one constructed outside a dialog and
   does not have any impact on the dialog.

   This use of OPTIONS has limitations due the differences in proxy
   handling of OPTIONS and INVITE requests. While a forked INVITE can
   result in multiple 200 (OK) responses being returned, a forked
   OPTIONS will only result in a single 200 (OK) response, since it is
   treated by proxies using the non-INVITE handling. See Section 16.7
   for the normative details.

   If the response to an OPTIONS is generated by a proxy server, the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 69]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   proxy returns a 200 (OK) listing the capabilities of the server. The
   response does not contain a message body.

   Allow, Accept, Accept-Encoding, Accept-Language, and Supported header
   fields SHOULD be present in a 200 (OK) response to an OPTIONS
   request. If the response is generated by a proxy, the Allow header



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 62]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   field SHOULD be omitted as it is ambiguous since a proxy is method
   agnostic. Contact header fields MAY be present in a 200 (OK) response
   and have the same semantics as in a 3xx response. That is, they may
   list a set of alternative names and methods of reaching the user. A
   Warning header field MAY be present.

   A message body MAY be sent, the type of which is determined by the
   Accept header field in the OPTIONS request (application/sdp is the
   default if the Accept header field is not present). If the types
   include one that can describe media capabilities, the UAS SHOULD
   include a body in the response for that purpose. Details on
   construction of such a body in the case of application/sdp are
   described in [13].

   Example OPTIONS response generated by a UAS (corresponding to the
   request in Section 11.1):


     SIP/2.0 200 OK
     Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKhjhs8ass877
      ;received=192.0.2.4
     To: <sip:carol@chicago.com>;tag=93810874
     From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=1928301774
     Call-ID: a84b4c76e66710
     CSeq: 63104 OPTIONS
     Contact: <sip:carol@chicago.com>
     Contact: <mailto:carol@chicago.com>
     Allow: INVITE, ACK, CANCEL, OPTIONS, BYE
     Accept: application/sdp
     Accept-Encoding: gzip
     Accept-Language: en
     Supported: foo
     Content-Type: application/sdp
     Content-Length: 274

     (SDP not shown)



12 Dialogs

   A key concept for a user agent is that of a dialog. A dialog



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 70]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   represents a peer-to-peer SIP relationship between two user agents
   that persists for some time. The dialog facilitates sequencing of
   messages between the user agents and proper routing of requests
   between both of them.  The dialog represents a context in which to
   interpret SIP messages.  Section 8 discussed method independent UA
   processing for requests and responses outside of a dialog. This



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 63]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   section discusses how those requests and responses are used to
   construct a dialog, and then how subsequent requests and responses
   are sent within a dialog.

   A dialog is identified at each UA with a dialog ID, which consists of
   a Call-ID value, a local tag and a remote tag. The dialog ID at each
   UA involved in the dialog is not the same. Specifically, the local
   tag at one UA is identical to the remote tag at the peer UA. The tags
   are opaque tokens that facilitate the generation of unique dialog
   IDs.

   A dialog ID is also associated with all responses and with any
   request that contains a tag in the To field. The rules for computing
   the dialog ID of a message depend on whether the SIP element is a UAC
   or UAS. For a UAC, the Call-ID value of the dialog ID is set to the
   Call-ID of the message, the remote tag is set to the tag in the To
   field of the message, and the local tag is set to the tag in the From
   field of the message (these rules apply to both requests and
   responses). As one would expect, for a UAS, the Call-ID value of the
   dialog ID is set to the Call-ID of the message, the remote tag is set
   to the tag in the From field of the message, and the local tag is set
   to the tag in the To field of the message.

   A dialog contains certain pieces of state needed for further message
   transmissions within the dialog. This state consists of the dialog
   ID, a local sequence number (used to order requests from the UA to
   its peer), a remote sequence number (used to order requests from its
   peer to the UA), a local URI, a remote URI, the Contact URI of the
   peer, a boolean flag called "secure", and a route set, which is an
   ordered list of URIs. The route set is the list of servers that need
   to be traversed to send a request to the peer.  A dialog can also be
   in the "early" state, which occurs when it is created with a
   provisional response, and then transition to the "confirmed" state
   when a 2xx final response arrives. For other responses, or if no
   response arrives at all on that dialog, the early dialog terminates.

12.1 Creation of a Dialog

   Dialogs are created through the generation of non-failure responses
   to requests with specific methods. Within this specification, only
   2xx and 101-199 responses with a To tag to INVITE establish a dialog.
   A dialog established by a non-final response to a request is in the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 71]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   "early" state and it is called an early dialog. Extensions MAY define
   other means for creating dialogs. Section 13 gives more details that
   are specific to the INVITE method. Here, we describe the process for
   creation of dialog state that is not dependent on the method.

   UAs MUST assign values to the dialog ID components as described



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 64]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   below.

12.1.1 UAS behavior

   When a UAS responds to a request with a response that establishes a
   dialog (such as a 2xx to INVITE), the UAS MUST copy all Record-Route
   header field values from the request into the response (including the
   URIs, URI parameters, and any Record-Route header field parameters,
   whether they are known or unknown to the UAS) and MUST maintain the
   order of those values. The UAS MUST add a Contact header field to the
   response. The Contact header field contains an address where the UAS
   would like to be contacted for subsequent requests in the dialog
   (which includes the ACK for a 2xx response in the case of an INVITE).
   Generally, the host portion of this URI is the IP address or FQDN of
   the host. The URI provided in the Contact header field MUST be a SIP
   or SIPS URI.  If the request that initiated the dialog contained a
   SIPS URI in the Request-URI or in the top Record-Route header field
   value, if there was any, or the Contact header field if there was no
   Record-Route header field, the Contact header field in the response
   MUST be a SIPS URI.  The URI SHOULD have global scope (that is, the
   same URI can be used in messages outside this dialog).  The same way,
   the scope of the URI in the Contact header field of the INVITE is not
   limited to this dialog either.  It can therefore be used in messages
   to the UAC even outside this dialog.

   The UAS then constructs the state of the dialog. This state MUST be
   maintained for the duration of the dialog.

   If the request arrived over TLS, and the Request-URI contained a SIPS
   URI, the "secure" flag is set to TRUE.

   The route set MUST be set to the list of URIs in the Record-Route
   header field from the request, taken in order and preserving all URI
   parameters. If no Record-Route header field is present in the
   request, the route set MUST be set to the empty set. This route set,
   even if empty, overrides any pre-existing route set for future
   requests in this dialog. The remote target MUST be set to the URI
   from the Contact header field of the request.

   The remote sequence number MUST be set to the value of the sequence
   number in the CSeq header field of the request. The local sequence
   number MUST be empty. The call identifier component of the dialog ID



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 72]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   MUST be set to the value of the Call-ID in the request. The local tag
   component of the dialog ID MUST be set to the tag in the To field in
   the response to the request (which always includes a tag), and the
   remote tag component of the dialog ID MUST be set to the tag from the
   From field in the request. A UAS MUST be prepared to receive a
   request without a tag in the From field, in which case the tag is



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 65]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   considered to have a value of null.

        This is to maintain backwards compatibility with RFC 2543,
        which did not mandate From tags.

   The remote URI MUST be set to the URI in the From field, and the
   local URI MUST be set to the URI in the To field.

12.1.2 UAC Behavior

   When a UAC sends a request that can establish a dialog (such as an
   INVITE) it MUST provide a SIP or SIPS URI with global scope (i.e.,
   the same SIP URI can be used in messages outside this dialog) in the
   Contact header field of the request. If the request has a Request-URI
   or a topmost Route header field value with a SIPS URI, the Contact
   header field MUST contain a SIPS URI.

   When a UAC receives a response that establishes a dialog, it
   constructs the state of the dialog. This state MUST be maintained for
   the duration of the dialog.

   If the request was sent over TLS, and the Request-URI contained a
   SIPS URI, the "secure" flag is set to TRUE.

   The route set MUST be set to the list of URIs in the Record-Route
   header field from the response, taken in reverse order and preserving
   all URI parameters. If no Record-Route header field is present in the
   response, the route set MUST be set to the empty set. This route set,
   even if empty, overrides any pre-existing route set for future
   requests in this dialog. The remote target MUST be set to the URI
   from the Contact header field of the response.

   The local sequence number MUST be set to the value of the sequence
   number in the CSeq header field of the request. The remote sequence
   number MUST be empty (it is established when the remote UA sends a
   request within the dialog). The call identifier component of the
   dialog ID MUST be set to the value of the Call-ID in the request. The
   local tag component of the dialog ID MUST be set to the tag in the
   From field in the request, and the remote tag component of the dialog
   ID MUST be set to the tag in the To field of the response.  A UAC
   MUST be prepared to receive a response without a tag in the To field,
   in which case the tag is considered to have a value of null.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 73]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        This is to maintain backwards compatibility with RFC 2543,
        which did not mandate To tags.

   The remote URI MUST be set to the URI in the To field, and the local
   URI MUST be set to the URI in the From field.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 66]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

12.2 Requests within a Dialog

   Once a dialog has been established between two UAs, either of them
   MAY initiate new transactions as needed within the dialog.  The UA
   sending the request will take the UAC role for the transaction.  The
   UA receiving the request will take the UAS role. Note that these may
   be different roles than the UAs held during the transaction that
   established the dialog.

   Requests within a dialog MAY contain Record-Route and Contact header
   fields. However, these requests do not cause the dialog's route set
   to be modified, although they may modify the remote target URI.
   Specifically, requests that are not target refresh requests do not
   modify the dialog's remote target URI, and requests that are target
   refresh requests do.  For dialogs that have been established with an
   INVITE, the only target refresh request defined is re-INVITE (see
   Section 14). Other extensions may define different target refresh
   requests for dialogs established in other ways.

        Note that an ACK is NOT a target refresh request.

   Target refresh requests only update the dialog's remote target URI,
   and not the route set formed from Record-Route. Updating the latter
   would introduce severe backwards compatibility problems with RFC
   2543-compliant systems.

12.2.1 UAC Behavior

12.2.1.1 Generating the Request

   A request within a dialog is constructed by using many of the
   components of the state stored as part of the dialog.

   The URI in the To field of the request MUST be set to the remote URI
   from the dialog state. The tag in the To header field of the request
   MUST be set to the remote tag of the dialog ID. The From URI of the
   request MUST be set to the local URI from the dialog state. The tag
   in the From header field of the request MUST be set to the local tag
   of the dialog ID. If the value of the remote or local tags is null,
   the tag parameter MUST be omitted from the To or From header fields,
   respectively.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 74]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        Usage of the URI from the To and From fields in the
        original request within subsequent requests is done for
        backwards compatibility with RFC 2543, which used the URI
        for dialog identification. In this specification, only the
        tags are used for dialog identification. It is expected



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 67]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
        that mandatory reflection of the original To and From URI
        in mid-dialog requests will be deprecated in a subsequent
        revision of this specification.

   The Call-ID of the request MUST be set to the Call-ID of the dialog.
   Requests within a dialog MUST contain strictly monotonically
   increasing and contiguous CSeq sequence numbers (increasing-by-one)
   in each direction (excepting ACK and CANCEL of course, whose numbers
   equal the requests being acknowledged or cancelled). Therefore, if
   the local sequence number is not empty, the value of the local
   sequence number MUST be incremented by one, and this value MUST be
   placed into the CSeq header field. If the local sequence number is
   empty, an initial value MUST be chosen using the guidelines of
   Section 8.1.1.5. The method field in the CSeq header field value MUST
   match the method of the request.


        With a length of 32 bits, a client could generate, within a
        single call, one request a second for about 136 years
        before needing to wrap around. The initial value of the
        sequence number is chosen so that subsequent requests
        within the same call will not wrap around. A non-zero
        initial value allows clients to use a time-based initial
        sequence number. A client could, for example, choose the 31
        most significant bits of a 32-bit second clock as an
        initial sequence number.

   The UAC uses the remote target and route set to build the Request-URI
   and Route header field of the request.

   If the route set is empty, the UAC MUST place the remote target URI
   into the Request-URI. The UAC MUST NOT add a Route header field to
   the request.

   If the route set is not empty, and the first URI in the route set
   contains the lr parameter (see Section 19.1.1), the UAC MUST place
   the remote target URI into the Request-URI and MUST include a Route
   header field containing the route set values in order, including all
   parameters.

   If the route set is not empty, and its first URI does not contain the
   lr parameter, the UAC MUST place the first URI from the route set
   into the Request-URI, stripping any parameters that are not allowed



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 75]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   in a Request-URI. The UAC MUST add a Route header field containing
   the remainder of the route set values in order, including all
   parameters. The UAC MUST then place the remote target URI into the
   Route header field as the last value.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 68]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   For example, if the remote target is sip:user@remoteua and the route
   set contains

   <sip:proxy1>,<sip:proxy2>,<sip:proxy3;lr>,<sip:proxy4>


   The request will be formed with the following Request-URI and Route
   header field:

   METHOD sip:proxy1
   Route: <sip:proxy2>,<sip:proxy3;lr>,<sip:proxy4>,<sip:user@remoteua>




        If the first URI of the route set does not contain the lr
        parameter, the proxy indicated does not understand the
        routing mechanisms described in this document and will act
        as specified in RFC 2543, replacing the Request-URI with
        the first Route header field value it receives while
        forwarding the message. Placing the Request-URI at the end
        of the Route header field preserves the information in that
        Request-URI across the strict router (it will be returned
        to the Request-URI when the request reaches a loose-
        router).

   A UAC SHOULD include a Contact header field in any target refresh
   requests within a dialog, and unless there is a need to change it,
   the URI SHOULD be the same as used in previous requests within the
   dialog. If the "secure" flag is true, that URI MUST be a SIPS URI. As
   discussed in Section 12.2.2, a Contact header field in a target
   refresh request updates the remote target URI. This allows a UA to
   provide a new contact address, should its address change during the
   duration of the dialog.

   However, requests that are not target refresh requests do not affect
   the remote target URI for the dialog.

   The rest of the request is formed as described in Section 8.1.1.

   Once the request has been constructed, the address of the server is
   computed and the request is sent, using the same procedures for
   requests outside of a dialog (Section 8.1.2).



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 76]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        The procedures in Section 8.1.2 will normally result in the
        request being sent to the address indicated by the topmost
        Route header field value or the Request-URI if no Route



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 69]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
        header field is present. Subject to certain restrictions,
        they allow the request to be sent to an alternate address
        (such as a default outbound proxy not represented in the
        route set).

12.2.1.2 Processing the Responses

   The UAC will receive responses to the request from the transaction
   layer. If the client transaction returns a timeout this is treated as
   a 408 (Request Timeout) response.

   The behavior of a UAC that receives a 3xx response for a request sent
   within a dialog is the same as if the request had been sent outside a
   dialog. This behavior is described in Section 8.1.3.4.


        Note, however, that when the UAC tries alternative
        locations, it still uses the route set for the dialog to
        build the Route header of the request.

   When a UAC receives a 2xx response to a target refresh request, it
   MUST replace the dialog's remote target URI with the URI from the
   Contact header field in that response, if present.

   If the response for a request within a dialog is a 481
   (Call/Transaction Does Not Exist) or a 408 (Request Timeout), the UAC
   SHOULD terminate the dialog. A UAC SHOULD also terminate a dialog if
   no response at all is received for the request (the client
   transaction would inform the TU about the timeout.)

        For INVITE initiated dialogs, terminating the dialog
        consists of sending a BYE.

12.2.2 UAS Behavior

   Requests sent within a dialog, as any other requests, are atomic. If
   a particular request is accepted by the UAS, all the state changes
   associated with it are performed. If the request is rejected, none of
   the state changes is performed.

        Note that some requests such as INVITEs affect several
        pieces of state.

   The UAS will receive the request from the transaction layer. If the
   request has a tag in the To header field, the UAS core computes the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 77]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   dialog identifier corresponding to the request and compares it with
   existing dialogs. If there is a match, this is a mid-dialog request.
   In that case, the UAS first applies the same processing rules for



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 70]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   requests outside of a dialog, discussed in Section 8.2.

   If the request has a tag in the To header field, but the dialog
   identifier does not match any existing dialogs, the UAS may have
   crashed and restarted, or it may have received a request for a
   different (possibly failed) UAS (the UASs can construct the To tags
   so that a UAS can identify that the tag was for a UAS for which it is
   providing recovery). Another possibility is that the incoming request
   has been simply misrouted. Based on the To tag, the UAS MAY either
   accept or reject the request. Accepting the request for acceptable To
   tags provides robustness, so that dialogs can persist even through
   crashes. UAs wishing to support this capability must take into
   consideration some issues such as choosing monotonically increasing
   CSeq sequence numbers even across reboots, reconstructing the route
   set, and accepting out-of-range RTP timestamps and sequence numbers.

   If the UAS wishes to reject the request, because it does not wish to
   recreate the dialog, it MUST respond to the request with a 481
   (Call/Transaction Does Not Exist) status code and pass that to the
   server transaction.

   Requests that do not change in any way the state of a dialog may be
   received within a dialog (for example, an OPTIONS request). They are
   processed as if they had been received outside the dialog.

   If the remote sequence number is empty, it MUST be set to the value
   of the sequence number in the CSeq header field value in the request.
   If the remote sequence number was not empty, but the sequence number
   of the request is lower than the remote sequence number, the request
   is out of order and MUST be rejected with a 500 (Server Internal
   Error) response. If the remote sequence number was not empty, and the
   sequence number of the request is greater than the remote sequence
   number, the request is in order. It is possible for the CSeq sequence
   number to be higher than the remote sequence number by more than one.
   This is not an error condition, and a UAS SHOULD be prepared to
   receive and process requests with CSeq values more than one higher
   than the previous received request. The UAS MUST then set the remote
   sequence number to the value of the sequence number in the CSeq
   header field value in the request.

        If a proxy challenges a request generated by the UAC, the
        UAC has to resubmit the request with credentials. The
        resubmitted request will have a new CSeq number. The UAS
        will never see the first request, and thus, it will notice
        a gap in the CSeq number space. Such a gap does not



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 78]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        represent any error condition.

   When a UAS receives a target refresh request, it MUST replace the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 71]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   dialog's remote target URI with the URI from the Contact header field
   in that request, if present.

12.3 Termination of a Dialog

   Independent of the method, if a request outside of a dialog generates
   a non-2xx final response, any early dialogs created through
   provisional responses to that request are terminated. The mechanism
   for terminating confirmed dialogs is method specific. In this
   specification, the BYE method terminates a session and the dialog
   associated with it.  See Section 15 for details.

13 Initiating a Session

13.1 Overview

   When a user agent client desires to initiate a session (for example,
   audio, video, or a game), it formulates an INVITE request. The INVITE
   request asks a server to establish a session. This request may be
   forwarded by proxies, eventually arriving at one or more UAS that can
   potentially accept the invitation. These UASs will frequently need to
   query the user about whether to accept the invitation. After some
   time, those UAS can accept the invitation (meaning the session is to
   be established) by sending a 2xx response. If the invitation is not
   accepted, a 3xx, 4xx, 5xx or 6xx response is sent, depending on the
   reason for the rejection. Before sending a final response, the UAS
   can also send provisional responses (1xx) to advise the UAC of
   progress in contacting the called user.

   After possibly receiving one or more provisional responses, the UAC
   will get one or more 2xx responses or one non-2xx final response.
   Because of the protracted amount of time it can take to receive final
   responses to INVITE, the reliability mechanisms for INVITE
   transactions differ from those of other requests (like OPTIONS). Once
   it receives a final response, the UAC needs to send an ACK for every
   final response it receives. The procedure for sending this ACK
   depends on the type of response. For final responses between 300 and
   699, the ACK processing is done in the transaction layer and follows
   one set of rules (See Section 17). For 2xx responses, the ACK is
   generated by the UAC core.

   A 2xx response to an INVITE establishes a session, and it also
   creates a dialog between the UA that issued the INVITE and the UA
   that generated the 2xx response. Therefore, when multiple 2xx
   responses are received from different remote UAs (because the INVITE



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 79]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   forked), each 2xx establishes a different dialog. All these dialogs
   are part of the same call.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 72]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   This section provides details on the establishment of a session using
   INVITE. A UA that supports INVITE MUST also support ACK, CANCEL and
   BYE.

13.2 UAC Processing

13.2.1 Creating the Initial INVITE

   Since the initial INVITE represents a request outside of a dialog,
   its construction follows the procedures of Section 8.1.1. Additional
   processing is required for the specific case of INVITE.

   An Allow header field (Section 20.5) SHOULD be present in the INVITE.
   It indicates what methods can be invoked within a dialog, on the UA
   sending the INVITE, for the duration of the dialog. For example, a UA
   capable of receiving INFO requests within a dialog [33] [34] SHOULD
   include an Allow header field listing the INFO method.

   A Supported header field (Section 20.37) SHOULD be present in the
   INVITE. It enumerates all the extensions understood by the UAC.

   An Accept (Section 20.1) header field MAY be present in the INVITE.
   It indicates which Content-Types are acceptable to the UA, in both
   the response received by it, and in any subsequent requests sent to
   it within dialogs established by the INVITE. The Accept header field
   is especially useful for indicating support of various session
   description formats.

   The UAC MAY add an Expires header field (Section 20.19) to limit the
   validity of the invitation. If the time indicated in the Expires
   header field is reached and no final answer for the INVITE has been
   received the UAC core SHOULD generate a CANCEL request for the
   INVITE, as per Section 9.

   A UAC MAY also find it useful to add, among others, Subject (Section
   20.36), Organization (Section 20.25) and User-Agent (Section 20.41)
   header fields. They all contain information related to the INVITE.

   The UAC MAY choose to add a message body to the INVITE.  Section
   8.1.1.10 deals with how to construct the header fields -- Content-
   Type among others -- needed to describe the message body.

   There are special rules for message bodies that contain a session
   description - their corresponding Content-Disposition is "session".
   SIP uses an offer/answer model where one UA sends a session



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 80]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   description, called the offer, which contains a proposed description
   of the session. The offer indicates the desired communications means
   (audio, video, games), parameters of those means (such as codec



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 73]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   types) and addresses for receiving media from the answerer. The other
   UA responds with another session description, called the answer,
   which indicates which communications means are accepted, the
   parameters that apply to those means, and addresses for receiving
   media from the offerer. The offer/answer model defines restrictions
   on when offers and answers can be made. This results in restrictions
   on where the offers and answers can appear in SIP messages. In this
   specification, offers and answers can only appear in INVITE requests
   and responses, and ACK. The usage of offers and answers is further
   restricted. For the initial INVITE transaction, the rules are:

        o The initial offer MUST be in either an INVITE or, if not
          there, in the first reliable non-failure message from the UAS
          back to the UAC. In this specification, that is the final 2xx
          response.

        o If the initial offer is in an INVITE, the answer MUST be in a
          reliable non-failure message from UAS back to UAC which is
          correlated to that INVITE. For this specification, that is
          only the final 2xx response to that INVITE. That same exact
          answer MAY also be placed in any provisional responses sent
          prior to the answer. The UAC MUST treat the first session
          description it receives as the answer, and MUST ignore any
          session descriptions in subsequent responses to the initial
          INVITE.

        o If the initial offer is in the first reliable non-failure
          message from the UAS back to UAC, the answer MUST be in the
          acknowledgement for that message (in this specification, ACK
          for a 2xx response).

        o After having sent or received an answer to the first offer,
          the UAC MAY generate subsequent offers in requests, but only
          if it has received answers to any previous offers, and has not
          sent any offers to which it hasn't gotten an answer.

        o Once the UAS has sent or received an answer to the initial
          offer, it MUST NOT generate subsequent offers in any responses
          to the initial INVITE. This means that a UAS based on this
          specification alone can never generate subsequent offers until
          completion of the initial transaction.

   Concretely, the above rules specify two exchanges - the offer is in
   the INVITE, and the answer in the 2xx, 2xx (and possibly in a 1xx as well,
   with the same value), or the offer is in the 2xx, and the answer is



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 81]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   in the ACK. All user agents that support INVITE MUST support these
   two exchanges.

   The Session Description Protocol (SDP) (RFC 2327 [1]) MUST be
   supported by all user agents as a means to describe sessions, and its
   usage for constructing offers and answers MUST follow the procedures
   defined in [13].

   The restrictions of the offer-answer model just described only apply



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 74]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   to bodies whose Content-Disposition header field value is "session".
   Therefore, it is possible that both the INVITE and the ACK contain a
   body message (for example, the INVITE carries a photo (Content-
   Disposition: render) and the ACK a session description (Content-
   Disposition: session)).

        If the Content-Disposition header field is missing, bodies
        of Content-Type application/sdp imply the disposition
        "session", while other content types imply "render".

   Once the INVITE has been created, the UAC follows the procedures
   defined for sending requests outside of a dialog (Section 8).  This
   results in the construction of a client transaction that will
   ultimately send the request and deliver responses to the UAC.

13.2.2 Processing INVITE Responses

   Once the INVITE has been passed to the INVITE client transaction, the
   UAC waits for responses for the INVITE. If the INVITE client
   transaction returns a timeout rather than a response the TU acts as
   if a 408 (Request Timeout) response had been received, as described
   in Section 8.1.3.

13.2.2.1 1xx responses

   Zero, one or multiple provisional responses may arrive before one or
   more final responses are received. Provisional responses for an
   INVITE request can create "early dialogs". If a provisional response
   has a tag in the To field, and if the dialog ID of the response does
   not match an existing dialog, one is constructed using the procedures
   defined in Section 12.1.2.

   The early dialog will only be needed if the UAC needs to send a
   request to its peer within the dialog before the initial INVITE
   transaction completes. Header fields present in a provisional
   response are applicable as long as the dialog is in the early state
   (for example, an Allow header field in a provisional response
   contains the methods that can be used in the dialog while this is in
   the early state).



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 82]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


13.2.2.2 3xx responses

   A 3xx response may contain one or more Contact header field values
   providing new addresses where the callee might be reachable.
   Depending on the status code of the 3xx response (see Section 21.3)
   the UAC MAY choose to try those new addresses.

13.2.2.3 4xx, 5xx and 6xx responses



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 75]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   A single non-2xx final response may be received for the INVITE. 4xx,
   5xx and 6xx responses may contain a Contact header field value
   indicating the location where additional information about the error
   can be found.  Subsequent final responses (which would only arrive
   under error conditions) MUST be ignored.

   All early dialogs are considered terminated upon reception of the
   non-2xx final response.

   After having received the non-2xx final response the UAC core
   considers the INVITE transaction completed. The INVITE client
   transaction handles generation of ACKs for the response (see Section
   17).

13.2.2.4 2xx responses

   Multiple 2xx responses may arrive at the UAC for a single INVITE
   request due to a forking proxy. Each response is distinguished by the
   tag parameter in the To header field, and each represents a distinct
   dialog, with a distinct dialog identifier.

   If the dialog identifier in the 2xx response matches the dialog
   identifier of an existing dialog, the dialog MUST be transitioned to
   the "confirmed" state, and the route set for the dialog MUST be
   recomputed based on the 2xx response using the procedures of Section
   12.2.1.2. Otherwise, a new dialog in the "confirmed" state MUST be
   constructed using the procedures of Section 12.1.2.

        Note that the only piece of state that is recomputed is the
        route set. Other pieces of state such as the highest
        sequence numbers (remote and local) sent within the dialog
        are not recomputed.  The route set only is recomputed for
        backwards compatibility.  RFC 2543 did not mandate
        mirroring of the Record-Route header field in a 1xx, only
        2xx. However, we cannot update the entire state of the
        dialog, since mid-dialog requests may have been sent within
        the early dialog, modifying the sequence numbers, for
        example.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 83]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   The UAC core MUST generate an ACK request for each 2xx received from
   the transaction layer. The header fields of the ACK are constructed
   in the same way as for any request sent within a dialog (see Section
   12) with the exception of the CSeq and the header fields related to
   authentication. The sequence number of the CSeq header field MUST be
   the same as the INVITE being acknowledged, but the CSeq method MUST
   be ACK. The ACK MUST contain the same credentials as the INVITE.  If
   the 2xx contains an offer (based on the rules above), the ACK MUST
   carry an answer in its body. If the offer in the 2xx response is not
   acceptable, the UAC core MUST generate a valid answer in the ACK and



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 76]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   then send a BYE immediately.

   Once the ACK has been constructed, the procedures of [4] are used to
   determine the destination address, port and transport. However, the
   request is passed to the transport layer directly for transmission,
   rather than a client transaction. This is because the UAC core
   handles retransmissions of the ACK, not the transaction layer. The
   ACK MUST be passed to the client transport every time a
   retransmission of the 2xx final response that triggered the ACK
   arrives.

   The UAC core considers the INVITE transaction completed 64*T1 seconds
   after the reception of the first 2xx response. At this point all the
   early dialogs that have not transitioned to established dialogs are
   terminated. Once the INVITE transaction is considered completed by
   the UAC core, no more new 2xx responses are expected to arrive.

   If, after acknowledging any 2xx response to an INVITE, the UAC does
   not want to continue with that dialog, then the UAC MUST terminate
   the dialog by sending a BYE request as described in Section 15.

13.3 UAS Processing

13.3.1 Processing of the INVITE

   The UAS core will receive INVITE requests from the transaction layer.
   It first performs the request processing procedures of Section 8.2,
   which are applied for both requests inside and outside of a dialog.

   Assuming these processing states complete without generating a
   response, the UAS core performs the additional processing steps:

        1.   If the request is an INVITE that contains an Expires header
             field the UAS core sets a timer for the number of seconds
             indicated in the header field value.  When the timer fires,
             the invitation is considered to be expired. If the
             invitation expires before the UAS has generated a final
             response, a 487 (Request Terminated) response SHOULD be



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 84]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             generated.

        2.   If the request is a mid-dialog request, the method-
             independent processing described in Section 12.2.2 is first
             applied.  It might also modify the session; Section 14
             provides details.

        3.   If the request has a tag in the To header field but the
             dialog identifier does not match any of the existing
             dialogs, the UAS may have crashed and restarted, or may



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 77]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             have received a request for a different (possibly failed)
             UAS. Section 12.2.2 provides guidelines to achieve a robust
             behavior under such a situation.

   Processing from here forward assumes that the INVITE is outside of a
   dialog, and is thus for the purposes of establishing a new session.

   The INVITE may contain a session description, in which case the UAS
   is being presented with an offer for that session. It is possible
   that the user is already a participant in that session, even though
   the INVITE is outside of a dialog. This can happen when a user is
   invited to the same multicast conference by multiple other
   participants.  If desired, the UAS MAY use identifiers within the
   session description to detect this duplication. For example, SDP
   contains a session id and version number in the origin (o) field. If
   the user is already a member of the session, and the session
   parameters contained in the session description have not changed, the
   UAS MAY silently accept the INVITE (that is, send a 2xx response
   without prompting the user).

   If the INVITE does not contain a session description, the UAS is
   being asked to participate in a session, and the UAC has asked that
   the UAS provide the offer of the session.  It MUST provide the offer
   in its first non-failure reliable message back to the UAC. In this
   specification, that is a 2xx response to the INVITE.

   The UAS can indicate progress, accept, redirect, or reject the
   invitation. In all of these cases, it formulates a response using the
   procedures described in Section 8.2.6.

13.3.1.1 Progress

   If the UAS is not able to answer the invitation immediately, it can
   choose to indicate some kind of progress to the UAC (for example, an
   indication that a phone is ringing). This is accomplished with a
   provisional response between 101 and 199. These provisional responses
   establish early dialogs and therefore follow the procedures of
   Section 12.1.1 in addition to those of Section 8.2.6. A UAS MAY send



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 85]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   as many provisional responses as it likes. Each of these MUST
   indicate the same dialog ID. However, these will not be delivered
   reliably.

   If the UAS desires an extended period of time to answer the INVITE,
   it will need to ask for an "extension" in order to prevent proxies
   from canceling the transaction. A proxy has the option of canceling a
   transaction when there is a gap of 3 minutes between messages in a
   transaction. To prevent cancellation, the UAS MUST send a non-100
   provisional response at every minute, to handle the possibility of



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 78]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   lost provisional responses.


        An INVITE transaction can go on for extended durations when
        the user is placed on hold, or when interworking with PSTN
        systems which allow communications to take place without
        answering the call. The latter is common in Interactive
        Voice Response (IVR) systems.

13.3.1.2 The INVITE is redirected

   If the UAS decides to redirect the call, a 3xx response is sent. A
   300 (Multiple Choices), 301 (Moved Permanently) or 302 (Moved
   Temporarily) response SHOULD contain a Contact header field
   containing one or more URIs of new addresses to be tried. The
   response is passed to the INVITE server transaction, which will deal
   with its retransmissions.

13.3.1.3 The INVITE is rejected

   A common scenario occurs when the callee is currently not willing or
   able to take additional calls at this end system. A 486 (Busy Here)
   SHOULD be returned in such scenario. If the UAS knows that no other
   end system will be able to accept this call a 600 (Busy Everywhere)
   response SHOULD be sent instead. However, it is unlikely that a UAS
   will be able to know this in general, and thus this response will not
   usually be used. The response is passed to the INVITE server
   transaction, which will deal with its retransmissions.

   A UAS rejecting an offer contained in an INVITE SHOULD return a 488
   (Not Acceptable Here) response. Such a response SHOULD include a
   Warning header field value explaining why the offer was rejected.

13.3.1.4 The INVITE is accepted

   The UAS core generates a 2xx response. This response establishes a
   dialog, and therefore follows the procedures of Section 12.1.1 in
   addition to those of Section 8.2.6.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 86]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   A 2xx response to an INVITE SHOULD contain the Allow header field and
   the Supported header field, and MAY contain the Accept header field.
   Including these header fields allows the UAC to determine the
   features and extensions supported by the UAS for the duration of the
   call, without probing.

   If the INVITE request contained an offer, and the UAS had not yet
   sent an answer, the 2xx MUST contain an answer. If the INVITE did not
   contain an offer, the 2xx MUST contain an offer if the UAS had not



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 79]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   yet sent an offer.

   Once the response has been constructed it is passed to the INVITE
   server transaction. Note, however, that the INVITE server transaction
   will be destroyed as soon as it receives this final response and
   passes it to the transport. Therefore, it is necessary to pass
   periodically the response directly to the transport until the ACK
   arrives. The 2xx response is passed to the transport with an interval
   that starts at T1 seconds and doubles for each retransmission until
   it reaches T2 seconds (T1 and T2 are defined in Section 17). Response
   retransmissions cease when an ACK request for the response is
   received. This is independent of whatever transport protocols are
   used to send the response.


        Since 2xx is retransmitted end-to-end, there may be hops
        between UAS and UAC that are UDP. To ensure reliable
        delivery across these hops, the response is retransmitted
        periodically even if the transport at the UAS is reliable.

   If the server retransmits the 2xx response for 64*T1 seconds without
   receiving an ACK, the dialog is confirmed, but the session SHOULD be
   terminated. This is accomplished with a BYE as described in Section
   15.

14 Modifying an Existing Session

   A successful INVITE request (see Section 13) establishes both a
   dialog between two user agents and a session using the offer-answer
   model. Section 12 explains how to modify an existing dialog using a
   target refresh request (for example, changing the remote target URI
   of the dialog).  This section describes how to modify the actual
   session. This modification can involve changing addresses or ports,
   adding a media stream, deleting a media stream, and so on. This is
   accomplished by sending a new INVITE request within the same dialog
   that established the session. An INVITE request sent within an
   existing dialog is known as a re-INVITE.





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 87]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        Note that a single re-INVITE can modify the dialog and the
        parameters of the session at the same time.

   Either the caller or callee can modify an existing session.

   The behavior of a UA on detection of media failure is a matter of
   local policy. However, automated generation of re-INVITE or BYE is
   NOT RECOMMENDED to avoid flooding the network with traffic when there
   is congestion. In any case, if these messages are sent automatically,



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 80]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   they SHOULD be sent after some randomized interval.

        Note that the paragraph above refers to automatically
        generated BYEs and re-INVITEs. If the user hangs up upon
        media failure the UA would send a BYE request as usual.

14.1 UAC Behavior

   The same offer-answer model that applies to session descriptions in
   INVITEs (Section 13.2.1) applies to re-INVITEs.  As a result, a UAC
   that wants to add a media stream, for example, will create a new
   offer that contains this media stream, and send that in an INVITE
   request to its peer. It is important to note that the full
   description of the session, not just the change, is sent. This
   supports stateless session processing in various elements, and
   supports failover and recovery capabilities.  Of course, a UAC MAY
   send a re-INVITE with no session description, in which case the first
   reliable non-failure response to the re-INVITE will contain the offer
   (in this specification, that is a 2xx response).

   If the session description format has the capability for version
   numbers, the offerer SHOULD indicate that the version of the session
   description has changed.

   The To, From, Call-ID, CSeq, and Request-URI of a re-INVITE are set
   following the same rules as for regular requests within an existing
   dialog, described in Section 12.

   A UAC MAY choose not to add an Alert-Info header field or a body with
   Content-Disposition "alert" to re-INVITEs because UASs do not
   typically alert the user upon reception of a re-INVITE.

   Unlike an INVITE, which can fork, a re-INVITE will never fork, and
   therefore, only ever generate a single final response. The reason a
   re-INVITE will never fork is that the Request-URI identifies the
   target as the UA instance it established the dialog with, rather than
   identifying an address-of-record for the user.

   Note that a UAC MUST NOT initiate a new INVITE transaction within a



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 88]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   dialog while another INVITE transaction is in progress in either
   direction.

        1.   If there is an ongoing INVITE client transaction, the TU
             MUST wait until the transaction reaches the completed or
             terminated state before initiating the new INVITE.

        2.   If there is an ongoing INVITE server transaction, the TU
             MUST wait until the transaction reaches the confirmed or



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 81]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             terminated state before initiating the new INVITE.

   However, a UA MAY initiate a regular transaction while an INVITE
   transaction is in progress. A UA MAY also initiate an INVITE
   transaction while a regular transaction is in progress.

   If a UA receives a non-2xx final response to a re-INVITE, the session
   parameters MUST remain unchanged, as if no re-INVITE had been issued.
   Note that, as stated in Section 12.2.1.2, if the non-2xx final
   response is a 481 (Call/Transaction Does Not Exist), or a 408
   (Request Timeout), or no response at all is received for the re-
   INVITE (that is, a timeout is returned by the INVITE client
   transaction), the UAC will terminate the dialog.

   If a UAC receives a 491 response to a re-INVITE, it SHOULD start a
   timer with a value T chosen as follows:

        1.   If the UAC is the owner of the Call-ID of the dialog ID
             (meaning it generated the value), T has a randomly chosen
             value between 2.1 and 4 seconds in units of 10 ms.

        2.   If the UAC is not the owner of the Call-ID of the dialog
             ID, T has a randomly chosen value of between 0 and 2
             seconds in units of 10 ms.

   When the timer fires, the UAC SHOULD attempt the re-INVITE once more,
   if it still desires for that session modification to take place. For
   example, if the call was already hung up with a BYE, the re-INVITE
   would not take place.

   The rules for transmitting a re-INVITE and for generating an ACK for
   a 2xx response to re-INVITE are the same as for the initial INVITE
   (Section 13.2.1).

14.2 UAS Behavior

   Section 13.3.1 describes the procedure for distinguishing incoming
   re-INVITEs from incoming initial INVITEs and handling a re-INVITE for
   an existing dialog.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 89]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   A UAS that receives a second INVITE before it sends the final
   response to a first INVITE with a lower CSeq sequence number on the
   same dialog MUST return a 500 (Server Internal Error) response to the
   second INVITE and MUST include a Retry-After header field with a
   randomly chosen value of between 0 and 10 seconds.

   A UAS that receives an INVITE on a dialog while an INVITE it had sent
   on that dialog is in progress MUST return a 491 (Request Pending)
   response to the received INVITE and MUST include a Retry-After header
   field with a value chosen as follows:

        1.   If the UAS is the owner of the Call-ID of the dialog ID
             (meaning it generated the value), the Retry-After header
             field has a randomly chosen value of between 2.1 and 4
             seconds in units of 10 ms.

        2.   If the UAS is not the owner of the Call-ID of the dialog
             ID, the Retry-After header field has a randomly chosen
             value of between 0 and 2 seconds in units of 10 ms. INVITE.

   If a UA receives a re-INVITE for an existing dialog, it MUST check
   any version identifiers in the session description or, if there are
   no version identifiers, the content of the session description to see
   if it has changed. If the session description has changed, the UAS



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 82]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   MUST adjust the session parameters accordingly, possibly after asking
   the user for confirmation.

        Versioning of the session description can be used to
        accommodate the capabilities of new arrivals to a
        conference, add or delete media, or change from a unicast
        to a multicast conference.  If the new session description
        is not acceptable, the UAS can reject it by returning a 488
        (Not Acceptable Here) response for the re-INVITE. This
        response SHOULD include a Warning header field.

   If a UAS generates a 2xx response and never receives an ACK, it
   SHOULD generate a BYE to terminate the dialog.

   A UAS MAY choose not to generate 180 (Ringing) responses for a re-
   INVITE because UACs do not typically render this information to the
   user. For the same reason, UASs MAY choose not to use an Alert-Info
   header field or a body with Content-Disposition "alert" in responses
   to a re-INVITE.

   A UAS providing an offer in a 2xx (because the INVITE did not contain
   an offer) SHOULD construct the offer as if the UAS were making a
   brand new call, subject to the constraints of sending an offer that
   updates an existing session, as described in [13] in the case of SDP.
   Specifically, this means that it SHOULD include as many media formats
   and media types that the UA is willing to support. The UAS MUST
   ensure that the session description overlaps with its previous
   session description in media formats, transports, or other parameters
   that require support from the peer. This is to avoid the need for the
   peer to reject the session description. If, however, it is
   unacceptable to the UAC, the UAC SHOULD generate an answer with a
   valid session description, and then send a BYE to terminate the
   session.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 90]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


15 Terminating a Session

   This section describes the procedures for terminating a session
   established by SIP. The state of the session and the state of the
   dialog are very closely related. When a session is initiated with an
   INVITE, each 1xx or 2xx response from a distinct UAS creates a
   dialog, and if that response completes the offer/answer exchange, it
   also creates a session. As a result, each session is "associated"
   with a single dialog - the one which resulted in its creation. If an
   initial INVITE generates a non-2xx final response, that terminates
   all sessions (if any) and all dialogs (if any) that were created
   through responses to the request. By virtue of completing the
   transaction, a non-2xx final response also prevents further sessions
   from being created as a result of the INVITE. The BYE request is used



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 83]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   to terminate a specific session or attempted session.  In this case,
   the specific session is the one with the peer UA on the other side of
   the dialog. When a BYE is received on a dialog, any session
   associated with that dialog SHOULD terminate. A UA MUST NOT send a
   BYE outside of a dialog. The caller's UA MAY send a BYE for either
   confirmed or early dialogs, and the callee's UA MAY send a BYE on
   confirmed dialogs, but MUST NOT send a BYE on early dialogs. However,
   the callee's UA MUST NOT send a BYE on a confirmed dialog until it
   has received an ACK for its 2xx response or until the server
   transaction times out. If no SIP extensions have defined other
   application layer state associated with the dialog, the BYE also
   terminates the dialog.

   The impact of a non-2xx final response to INVITE on dialogs and
   sessions makes the use of CANCEL attractive. The CANCEL attempts to
   force a non-2xx response to the INVITE (in particular, a 487).
   Therefore, if a UAC wishes to give up on its call attempt entirely,
   it can send a CANCEL. If the INVITE results in 2xx final response(s)
   to the INVITE, this means that a UAS accepted the invitation while
   the CANCEL was in progress. The UAC MAY continue with the sessions
   established by any 2xx responses, or MAY terminate them with BYE.


        The notion of "hanging up" is not well defined within SIP.
        It is specific to a particular, albeit common, user
        interface. Typically, when the user hangs up, it indicates
        a desire to terminate the attempt to establish a session,
        and to terminate any sessions already created. For the
        caller's UA, this would imply a CANCEL request if the
        initial INVITE has not generated a final response, and a
        BYE to all confirmed dialogs after a final response. For
        the callee's UA, it would typically imply a BYE;
        presumably, when the user picked up the phone, a 2xx was
        generated, and so hanging up would result in a BYE after



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 91]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        the ACK is received. This does not mean a user cannot hang
        up before receipt of the ACK, it just means that the
        software in his phone needs to maintain state for a short
        while in order to clean up properly. If the particular UI
        allows for the user to reject a call before its answered, a
        403 (Forbidden) is a good way to express that. As per the
        rules above, a BYE can't be sent.

15.1 Terminating a Session with a BYE Request

15.1.1 UAC Behavior

   A BYE request is constructed as would any other request within a
   dialog, as described in Section 12.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 84]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   Once the BYE is constructed, the UAC core creates a new non-INVITE
   client transaction, and passes it the BYE request. The UAC MUST
   consider the session terminated (and therefore stop sending or
   listening for media) as soon as the BYE request is passed to the
   client transaction. If the response for the BYE is a 481
   (Call/Transaction Does Not Exist) or a 408 (Request Timeout) or no
   response at all is received for the BYE (that is, a timeout is
   returned by the client transaction), the UAC MUST consider the
   session and the dialog terminated.

15.1.2 UAS Behavior

   A UAS first processes the BYE request according to the general UAS
   processing described in Section 8.2. A UAS core receiving a BYE
   request checks if it matches an existing dialog. If the BYE does not
   match an existing dialog, the UAS core SHOULD generate a 481
   (Call/Transaction Does Not Exist) response and pass that to the
   server transaction.


        This rule means that a BYE sent without tags by a UAC will
        be rejected. This is a change from RFC 2543, which allowed
        BYE without tags.

   A UAS core receiving a BYE request for an existing dialog MUST follow
   the procedures of Section 12.2.2 to process the request. Once done,
   the UAS SHOULD terminate the session (and therefore stop sending and
   listening for media). The only case where it can elect not to are
   multicast sessions, where participation is possible even if the other
   participant in the dialog has terminated its involvement in the
   session. Whether or not it ends its participation on the session, the
   UAS core MUST generate a 2xx response to the BYE, and MUST pass that
   to the server transaction for transmission.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 92]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   The UAS MUST still respond to any pending requests received for that
   dialog. It is RECOMMENDED that a 487 (Request Terminated) response is
   generated to those pending requests.

16 Proxy Behavior

16.1 Overview

   SIP proxies are elements that route SIP requests to user agent
   servers and SIP responses to user agent clients. A request may
   traverse several proxies on its way to a UAS. Each will make routing
   decisions, modifying the request before forwarding it to the next
   element.  Responses will route through the same set of proxies
   traversed by the request in the reverse order.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 85]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   Being a proxy is a logical role for a SIP element. When a request
   arrives, an element that can play the role of a proxy first decides
   if it needs to respond to the request on its own. For instance, the
   request may be malformed or the element may need credentials from the
   client before acting as a proxy. The element MAY respond with any
   appropriate error code. When responding directly to a request, the
   element is playing the role of a UAS and MUST behave as described in
   Section 8.2.

   A proxy can operate in either a stateful or stateless mode for each
   new request. When stateless, a proxy acts as a simple forwarding
   element.  It forwards each request downstream to a single element
   determined by making a targeting and routing decision based on the
   request. It simply forwards every response it receives upstream. A
   stateless proxy discards information about a message once the message
   has been forwarded. A stateful proxy remembers information
   (specifically, transaction state) about each incoming request and any
   requests it sends as a result of processing the incoming request. It
   uses this information to affect the processing of future messages
   associated with that request. A stateful proxy MAY choose to "fork" a
   request, routing it to multiple destinations. Any request that is
   forwarded to more than one location MUST be handled statefully.

   In some circumstances, a proxy MAY forward requests using stateful
   transports (such as TCP) without being transaction-stateful. For
   instance, a proxy MAY forward a request from one TCP connection to
   another transaction statelessly as long as it places enough
   information in the message to be able to forward the response down
   the same connection the request arrived on. Requests forwarded
   between different types of transports where the proxy's TU must take
   an active role in ensuring reliable delivery on one of the transports
   MUST be forwarded transaction statefully.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 93]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   A stateful proxy MAY transition to stateless operation at any time
   during the processing of a request, so long as it did not do anything
   that would otherwise prevent it from being stateless initially
   (forking, for example, or generation of a 100 response). When
   performing such a transition, all state is simply discarded. The
   proxy SHOULD NOT initiate a CANCEL request.

   Much of the processing involved when acting statelessly or statefully
   for a request is identical. The next several subsections are written
   from the point of view of a stateful proxy. The last section calls
   out those places where a stateless proxy behaves differently.

16.2 Stateful Proxy

   When stateful, a proxy is purely a SIP transaction processing engine.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 86]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   Its behavior is modeled here in terms of the server and client
   transactions defined in Section 17. A stateful proxy has a server
   transaction associated with one or more client transactions by a
   higher layer proxy processing component (see figure 3), known as a
   proxy core. An incoming request is processed by a server transaction.
   Requests from the server transaction are passed to a proxy core. The
   proxy core determines where to route the request, choosing one or
   more next-hop locations. An outgoing request for each next-hop
   location is processed by its own associated client transaction. The
   proxy core collects the responses from the client transactions and
   uses them to send responses to the server transaction.

   A stateful proxy creates a new server transaction for each new
   request received. Any retransmissions of the request will then be
   handled by that server transaction per Section 17.  The proxy core
   MUST behave as a UAS with respect to sending an immediate provisional
   on that server transaction (such as 100 Trying) as described in
   Section 8.2.6. Thus, a stateful proxy SHOULD NOT generate 100 Trying
   responses to non-INVITE requests.

   This is a model of proxy behavior, not of software. An implementation
   is free to take any approach that replicates the external behavior
   this model defines.


   For all new requests, including any with unknown methods, an element
   intending to proxy the request MUST:

        1.   Validate the request (Section 16.3)

        2.   Preprocess routing information (Section 16.4)

        3.   Determine target(s) for the request (Section 16.5)



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 94]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002




        +--------------------+
        |                    | +---+
        |                    | | C |
        |                    | | T |
        |                    | +---+
  +---+ |       Proxy        | +---+   CT = Client Transaction
  | S | |  "Higher" Layer    | | C |
  | T | |                    | | T |   ST = Server Transaction
  +---+ |                    | +---+
        |                    | +---+
        |                    | | C |
        |                    | | T |
        |                    | +---+
        +--------------------+ 



   Figure 3: Stateful Proxy Model



   For all new requests, including any with unknown methods, an element
   intending to proxy the request MUST:



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 87]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


        1.   Validate the request (Section 16.3)

        2.   Preprocess routing information (Section 16.4)

        3.   Determine target(s) for the request (Section 16.5)

        4.   Forward the request to each target (Section 16.6)

        5.   Process


        4.   Forward the request to each target (Section 16.6)

        5.   Process all responses (Section 16.7)

16.3 Request Validation

   Before an element can proxy a request, it MUST verify the message's
   validity. A valid message must pass the following checks:

        1.   Reasonable Syntax

        2.   URI scheme

        3.   Max-Forwards

        4.   (Optional) Loop Detection

        5.   Proxy-Require

        6.   Proxy-Authorization

   If any of these checks fail, the element MUST behave as a user agent
   server (see Section 8.2) and respond with an error code.

   Notice that a proxy is not required to detect merged requests and
   MUST NOT treat merged requests as an error condition.  The endpoints
   receiving the requests will resolve the merge as described in Section



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 95]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   8.2.2.2.

        1.   Reasonable syntax check

             The request MUST be well-formed enough to be handled with a
             server transaction. Any components involved in the
             remainder of these Request Validation steps or the Request
             Forwarding section MUST be well-formed. Any other
             components, well-formed or not, SHOULD be ignored and
             remain unchanged when the message is forwarded. For
             instance, an element would not reject a request because of
             a malformed Date header field.  Likewise, a proxy would not
             remove a malformed Date header field before forwarding a
             request.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 88]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

             This protocol is designed to be extended. Future extensions
             may define new methods and header fields at any time. An
             element MUST NOT refuse to proxy a request because it
             contains a method or header field it does not know about.

        2.   URI scheme check

             If the Request-URI has a URI whose scheme is not understood
             by the proxy, the proxy SHOULD reject the request with a
             416 (Unsupported URI Scheme) response.

        3.   Max-Forwards check

             The Max-Forwards header field (Section 20.22) is used to
             limit the number of elements a SIP request can traverse.

             If the request does not contain a Max-Forwards header
             field, this check is passed.

             If the request contains a Max-Forwards header field with a
             field value greater than zero, the check is passed.

             If the request contains a Max-Forwards header field with a
             field value of zero (0), the element MUST NOT forward the
             request. If the request was for OPTIONS, the element MAY
             act as the final recipient and respond per Section 11.
             Otherwise, the element MUST return a 483 (Too many hops)
             response.

        4.   Optional Loop Detection check

             An element MAY check for forwarding loops before forwarding
             a request. If the request contains a Via header field with



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 96]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             a sent-by value that equals a value placed into previous
             requests by the proxy, the request has been forwarded by
             this element before. The request has either looped or is
             legitimately spiraling through the element. To determine if
             the request has looped, the element MAY perform the branch
             parameter calculation described in Step 8 of Section 16.6
             on this message and compare it to the parameter received in
             that Via header field. If the parameters match, the request
             has looped. If they differ, the request is spiraling, and
             processing continues. If a loop is detected, the element
             MAY return a 482 (Loop Detected) response.

        5.   Proxy-Require check

             Future extensions to this protocol may introduce features



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 89]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             that require special handling by proxies. Endpoints will
             include a Proxy-Require header field in requests that use
             these features, telling the proxy not to process the
             request unless the feature is understood.

             If the request contains a Proxy-Require header field
             (Section 20.29) with one or more option-tags this element
             does not understand, the element MUST return a 420 (Bad
             Extension) response. The response MUST include an
             Unsupported (Section 20.40) header field listing those
             option-tags the element did not understand.

        6.   Proxy-Authorization check

             If an element requires credentials before forwarding a
             request, the request MUST be inspected as described in
             Section 22.3. That section also defines what the element
             must do if the inspection fails.

16.4 Route Information Preprocessing

   The proxy MUST inspect the Request-URI of the request.  If the
   Request-URI of the request contains a value this proxy previously
   placed into a Record-Route header field (see Section 16.6 item 4),
   the proxy MUST replace the Request-URI in the request with the last
   value from the Route header field, and remove that value from the
   Route header field. The proxy MUST then proceed as if it received
   this modified request.


        This will only happen when the element sending the request
        to the proxy (which may have been an endpoint) is a strict
        router.  This rewrite on receive is necessary to enable



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 97]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        backwards compatibility with those elements. It also allows
        elements following this specification to preserve the
        Request-URI through strict-routing proxies (see Section
        12.2.1.1).


        This requirement does not obligate a proxy to keep state in
        order to detect URIs it previously placed in Record-Route
        header fields. Instead, a proxy need only place enough
        information in those URIs to recognize them as values it
        provided when they later appear.

   If the Request-URI contains an maddr parameter, the proxy MUST check
   to see if its value is in the set of addresses or domains the proxy
   is configured to be responsible for.  If the Request-URI has an maddr



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 90]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   parameter with a value the proxy is responsible for, and the request
   was received using the port and transport indicated (explicitly or by
   default) in the Request-URI, the proxy MUST strip the maddr and any
   non-default port or transport parameter and continue processing as if
   those values had not been present in the request.


        A request may arrive with an maddr matching the proxy, but
        on a port or transport different from that indicated in the
        URI. Such a request needs to be forwarded to the proxy
        using the indicated port and transport.

   If the first value in the Route header field indicates this proxy,
   the proxy MUST remove that value from the request.

16.5 Determining request targets

   Next, the proxy calculates the target(s) of the request. The set of
   targets will either be predetermined by the contents of the request
   or will be obtained from an abstract location service. Each target in
   the set is represented as a URI.

   If the Request-URI of the request contains an maddr parameter, the
   Request-URI MUST be placed into the target set as the only target
   URI, and the proxy MUST proceed to Section 16.6.

   If the domain of the Request-URI indicates a domain this element is
   not responsible for, the Request-URI MUST be placed into the target
   set as the only target, and the element MUST proceed to the task of
   Request Forwarding (Section 16.6).


        There are many circumstances in which a proxy might receive



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 98]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        a request for a domain it is not responsible for. A
        firewall proxy handling outgoing calls (the way HTTP
        proxies handle outgoing requests) is an example of where
        this is likely to occur.

   If the target set for the request has not been predetermined as
   described above, this implies that the element is responsible for the
   domain in the Request-URI, and the element MAY use whatever mechanism
   it desires to determine where to send the request.  Any of these
   mechanisms can be modeled as accessing an abstract Location Service.
   This may consist of obtaining information from a location service
   created by a SIP Registrar, reading a database, consulting a presence
   server, utilizing other protocols, or simply performing an
   algorithmic substitution on the Request-URI.  When accessing the
   location service constructed by a registrar, the Request-URI MUST



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 91]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   first be canonicalized as described in Section 10.3 before being used
   as an index.  The output of these mechanisms is used to construct the
   target set.

   If the Request-URI does not provide sufficient information for the
   proxy to determine the target set, it SHOULD return a 485 (Ambiguous)
   response. This response SHOULD contain a Contact header field
   containing URIs of new addresses to be tried. For example, an INVITE
   to sip:John.Smith@company.com may be ambiguous at a proxy whose
   location service has multiple John Smiths listed. See Section 21.4.23
   for details.

   Any information in or about the request or the current environment of
   the element MAY be used in the construction of the target set.  For
   instance, different sets may be constructed depending on contents or
   the presence of header fields and bodies, the time of day of the
   request's arrival, the interface on which the request arrived,
   failure of previous requests, or even the element's current level of
   utilization.

   As potential targets are located through these services, their URIs
   are added to the target set.  Targets can only be placed in the
   target set once. If a target URI is already present in the set (based
   on the definition of equality for the URI type), it MUST NOT be added
   again.

   A proxy MUST NOT add additional targets to the target set if the
   Request-URI of the original request does not indicate a resource this
   proxy is responsible for.


        A proxy can only change the Request-URI of a request during
        forwarding if it is responsible for that URI. If the proxy



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 99]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        is not responsible for that URI, it will not recurse on 3xx
        or 416 responses as described below.

   If the Request-URI of the original request indicates a resource this
   proxy is responsible for, the proxy MAY continue to add targets to
   the set after beginning Request Forwarding.  It MAY use any
   information obtained during that processing to determine new targets.
   For instance, a proxy may choose to incorporate contacts obtained in
   a redirect response (3xx) into the target set. If a proxy uses a
   dynamic source of information while building the target set (for
   instance, if it consults a SIP Registrar), it SHOULD monitor that
   source for the duration of processing the request. New locations
   SHOULD be added to the target set as they become available. As above,
   any given URI MUST NOT be added to the set more than once.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 92]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


        Allowing a URI to be added to the set only once reduces
        unnecessary network traffic, and in the case of
        incorporating contacts from redirect requests prevents
        infinite recursion.

   For example, a trivial location service is a "no-op", where the
   target URI is equal to the incoming request URI. The request is sent
   to a specific next hop proxy for further processing.  During request
   forwarding of Section 16.6, Item 6, the identity of that next hop,
   expressed as a SIP or SIPS URI, is inserted as the top-most Route
   header field value into the request.

   If the Request-URI indicates a resource at this proxy that does not
   exist, the proxy MUST return a 404 (Not Found) response.

   If the target set remains empty after applying all of the above, the
   proxy MUST return an error response, which SHOULD be the 480
   (Temporarily Unavailable) response.

16.6 Request Forwarding

   As soon as the target set is non-empty, a proxy MAY begin forwarding
   the request. A stateful proxy MAY process the set in any order. It
   MAY process multiple targets serially, allowing each client
   transaction to complete before starting the next. It MAY start client
   transactions with every target in parallel. It also MAY arbitrarily
   divide the set into groups, processing the groups serially and
   processing the targets in each group in parallel.

   A common ordering mechanism is to use the qvalue parameter of targets
   obtained from Contact header fields (see Section 20.10). Targets are
   processed from highest qvalue to lowest. Targets with equal qvalues



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 100]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   may be processed in parallel.

   A stateful proxy must have a mechanism to maintain the target set as
   responses are received and associate the responses to each forwarded
   request with the original request. For the purposes of this model,
   this mechanism is a "response context" created by the proxy layer
   before forwarding the first request.

   For each target, the proxy forwards the request following these
   steps:

        1.   Make a copy of the received request

        2.   Update the Request-URI

        3.   Update the Max-Forwards header field



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 93]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

        4.   Optionally add a Record-route header field value

        5.   Optionally add additional header fields

        6.   Postprocess routing information

        7.   Determine the next-hop address, port, and transport

        8.   Add a Via header field value

        9.   Add a Content-Length header field if necessary

        10.  Forward the new request

        11.  Set timer C

   Each of these steps is detailed below:

        1.   Copy request

             The proxy starts with a copy of the received request. The
             copy MUST initially contain all of the header fields from
             the received request.  Fields not detailed in the
             processing described below MUST NOT be removed.  The copy
             SHOULD maintain the ordering of the header fields as in the
             received request. The proxy MUST NOT reorder field values
             with a common field name (See Section 7.3.1).  The proxy
             MUST NOT add to, modify, or remove the message body.


             An actual implementation need not perform a copy; the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 101]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             primary requirement is that the processing for each
             next hop begin with the same request.

        2.   Request-URI

             The Request-URI in the copy's start line MUST be replaced
             with the URI for this target. If the URI contains any
             parameters not allowed in a Request-URI, they MUST be
             removed.

             This is the essence of a proxy's role. This is the
             mechanism through which a proxy routes a request toward its
             destination.

             In some circumstances, the received Request-URI is placed
             into the target set without being modified. For that
             target, the replacement above is effectively a no-op.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 94]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

        3.   Max-Forwards

             If the copy contains a Max-Forwards header field, the proxy
             MUST decrement its value by one (1).

             If the copy does not contain a Max-Forwards header field,
             the proxy MUST add one with a field value which SHOULD be
             70.


             Some existing UAs will not provide a Max-Forwards
             header field in a request.

        4.   Record-Route

             If this proxy wishes to remain on the path of future
             requests in a dialog created by this request (assuming the
             request creates a dialog), it MUST insert a Record-Route
             header field value into the copy before any existing
             Record-Route header field values, even if a Route header
             field is already present.


             Requests establishing a dialog may contain a preloaded
             Route header field.

             If this request is already part of a dialog, the proxy
             SHOULD insert a Record-Route header field value if it
             wishes to remain on the path of future requests in the
             dialog. In normal endpoint operation as described in



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 102]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             Section 12 these Record-Route header field values will not
             have any effect on the route sets used by the endpoints.


             The proxy will remain on the path if it chooses to not
             insert a Record-Route header field value into requests
             that are already part of a dialog. However, it would
             be removed from the path when an endpoint that has
             failed reconstitutes the dialog.

             A proxy MAY insert a Record-Route header field value into
             any request. If the request does not initiate a dialog, the
             endpoints will ignore the value. See Section 12 for details
             on how endpoints use the Record-Route header field values
             to construct Route header fields.

             Each proxy in the path of a request chooses whether to add
             a Record-Route header field value independently - the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 95]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             presence of a Record-Route header field in a request does
             not obligate this proxy to add a value.

             The URI placed in the Record-Route header field value MUST
             be a SIP URI. This URI MUST contain an lr parameter (see
             Section 19.1.1). This URI MAY be different for each
             destination the request is forwarded to. The URI SHOULD NOT
             contain the transport parameter unless the proxy has
             knowledge (such as in a private network) that the next
             downstream element that will be in the path of subsequent
             requests supports that transport.


             The URI this proxy provides will be used by some other
             element to make a routing decision. This proxy, in
             general, has no way to know what the capabilities of
             that element are, so it must restrict itself to the
             mandatory elements of a SIP implementation: SIP URIs
             and either the TCP or UDP transports.

             The URI placed in the Record-Route header field MUST
             resolve to the element inserting it (or a suitable stand-
             in) when the server location procedures of [4] are applied
             to it, so that subsequent requests reach the same SIP
             element.  If the Request-URI contains a SIPS URI, or the
             topmost Route header field value (after the post processing
             of bullet 6 6) contains a SIPS URI, the URI placed into the
             Record-Route header field MUST be a SIPS URI.  Furthermore,
             if the request was not received over TLS, the proxy MUST
             insert a Record-Route header field. In a similar fashion, a



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 103]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             proxy that receives a request over TLS, but generates a
             request without a SIPS URI in the Request-URI or topmost
             Record-Route
             Route header field value, value (after the post processing of
             bullet 6), MUST insert a Record-Route header field that is
             not a SIPS URI.


             A proxy at a security perimeter must remain on the
             perimeter throughout the dialog.

             If the URI placed in the Record-Route header field needs to
             be rewritten when it passes back through in a response, the
             URI MUST be distinct enough to locate at that time. (The
             request may spiral through this proxy, resulting in more
             than one Record-Route header field value being added).
             Item 8 of Section 16.7 recommends a mechanism to make the
             URI sufficiently distinct.

             The proxy MAY include parameters in the Record-Route header



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 96]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             field value. These will be echoed in some responses to the
             request such as the 200 (OK) responses to INVITE. Such
             parameters may be useful for keeping state in the message
             rather than the proxy.

             If a proxy needs to be in the path of any type of dialog
             (such as one straddling a firewall), it SHOULD add a
             Record-Route header field value to every request with a
             method it does not understand since that method may have
             dialog semantics.

             The URI a proxy places into a Record-Route header field is
             only valid for the lifetime of any dialog created by the
             transaction in which it occurs. A dialog-stateful proxy,
             for example, MAY refuse to accept future requests with that
             value in the Request-URI after the dialog has terminated.
             Non-dialog-stateful proxies, of course, have no concept of
             when the dialog has terminated, but they MAY encode enough
             information in the value to compare it against the dialog
             identifier of future requests and MAY reject requests not
             matching that information. Endpoints MUST NOT use a URI
             obtained from a Record-Route header field outside the
             dialog in which it was provided. See Section 12 for more
             information on an endpoint's use of Record-Route header
             fields.

             Record-routing may be required by certain services where
             the proxy needs to observe all messages in a dialog.
             However, it slows down processing and impairs scalability



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 104]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             and thus proxies should only record-route if required for a
             particular service.

             The Record-Route process is designed to work for any SIP
             request that initiates a dialog. INVITE is the only such
             request in this specification, but extensions to the
             protocol MAY define others.

        5.   Add Additional Header Fields

             The proxy MAY add any other appropriate header fields to
             the copy at this point.

        6.   Postprocess routing information

             A proxy MAY have a local policy that mandates that a
             request visit a specific set of proxies before being
             delivered to the destination. A proxy MUST ensure that all
             such proxies are loose routers. Generally, this can only be



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 97]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             known with certainty if the proxies are within the same
             administrative domain. This set of proxies is represented
             by a set of URIs (each of which contains the lr parameter).
             This set MUST be pushed into the Route header field of the
             copy ahead of any existing values, if present. If the Route
             header field is absent, it MUST be added, containing that
             list of URIs.

             If the proxy has a local policy that mandates that the
             request visit one specific proxy, an alternative to pushing
             a Route value into the Route header field is to bypass the
             forwarding logic of item 10 below, and instead just send
             the request to the address, port, and transport for that
             specific proxy. If the request has a Route header field,
             this alternative MUST NOT be used unless it is known that
             next hop proxy is a loose router. Otherwise, this approach
             MAY be used, but the Route insertion mechanism above is
             preferred for its robustness, flexibility, generality and
             consistency of operation.  Furthermore, if the Request-URI
             contains a SIPS URI, TLS MUST be used to communicate with
             that proxy.

             If the copy contains a Route header field, the proxy MUST
             inspect the URI in its first value. If that URI does not
             contain a lr parameter, the proxy MUST modify the copy as
             follows:

             - The proxy MUST place the Request-URI into the Route
               header field as the last value.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 105]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             - The proxy MUST then place the first Route header field
               value into the Request-URI and remove that value from the
               Route header field.


             Appending the Request-URI to the Route header field is
             part of a mechanism used to pass the information in
             that Request-URI through strict-routing elements.
             "Popping" the first Route header field value into the
             Request-URI formats the message the way a strict-
             routing element expects to receive it (with its own
             URI in the Request-URI and the next location to visit
             in the first Route header field value).

        7.   Determine Next-Hop Address, Port, and Transport

             The proxy MAY have a local policy to send the request to a
             specific IP address, port, and transport, independent of



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 98]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             the values of the Route and Request-URI. Such a policy MUST
             NOT be used if the proxy is not certain that the IP
             address, port, and transport correspond to a server that is
             a loose router. However, this mechanism for sending the
             request through a specific next hop is NOT RECOMMENDED;
             instead a Route header field should be used for that
             purpose as described above.

             In the absence of such an overriding mechanism, the proxy
             applies the procedures listed in [4] as follows to
             determine where to send the request. If the proxy has
             reformatted the request to send to a strict-routing element
             as described in step 6 above, the proxy MUST apply those
             procedures to the Request-URI of the request.  Otherwise,
             the proxy MUST apply the procedures to the first value in
             the Route header field, if present, else the Request-URI.
             The procedures will produce an ordered set of (address,
             port, transport) tuples. Independently of which URI is
             being used as input to the procedures of [4], if the
             Request-URI specifies a SIPS resource, the proxy MUST
             follow the procedures of [4] as if the input URI were a
             SIPS URI.

             As described in [4], the proxy MUST attempt to deliver the
             message to the first tuple in that set, and proceed through
             the set in order until the delivery attempt succeeds.

             For each tuple attempted, the proxy MUST format the message
             as appropriate for the tuple and send the request using a
             new client transaction as detailed in steps 8 through 10.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 106]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             Since each attempt uses a new client transaction, it
             represents a new branch. Thus, the branch parameter
             provided with the Via header field inserted in step 8 MUST
             be different for each attempt.

             If the client transaction reports failure to send the
             request or a timeout from its state machine, the proxy
             continues to the next address in that ordered set. If the
             ordered set is exhausted, the request cannot be forwarded
             to this element in the target set. The proxy does not need
             to place anything in the response context, but otherwise
             acts as if this element of the target set returned a 408
             (Request Timeout) final response.

        8.   Add a Via header field value

             The proxy MUST insert a Via header field value into the
             copy before the existing Via header field values. The



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                         [Page 99]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             construction of this value follows the same guidelines of
             Section 8.1.1.7. This implies that the proxy will compute
             its own branch parameter, which will be globally unique for
             that branch, and contain the requisite magic cookie.

             Proxies choosing to detect loops have an additional
             constraint in the value they use for construction of the
             branch parameter. A proxy choosing to detect loops SHOULD
             create a branch parameter separable into two parts by the
             implementation. The first part MUST satisfy the constraints
             of Section 8.1.1.7 as described above. The second is used
             to perform loop detection and distinguish loops from
             spirals.

             Loop detection is performed by verifying that, when a
             request returns to a proxy, those fields having an impact
             on the processing of the request have not changed. The
             value placed in this part of the branch parameter SHOULD
             reflect all of those fields (including any Route, Proxy-
             Require and Proxy-Authorization header fields). This is to
             ensure that if the request is routed back to the proxy and
             one of those fields changes, it is treated as a spiral and
             not a loop (Section 16.3 A common way to create this value
             is to compute a cryptographic hash of the To tag, From tag,
             Call-ID header field, the Request-URI of the request
             received (before translation) and the sequence number from
             the CSeq header field, in addition to any Proxy-Require and
             Proxy-Authorization header fields that may be present. The
             algorithm used to compute the hash is implementation-
             dependent, but MD5 (RFC 1321 [34]), [35]), expressed in



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 107]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             hexadecimal, is a reasonable choice. (Base64 is not
             permissible for a token.)


             If a proxy wishes to detect loops, the "branch"
             parameter it supplies MUST depend on all information
             affecting processing of a request, including the
             incoming Request-URI and any header fields affecting
             the request's admission or routing. This is necessary
             to distinguish looped requests from requests whose
             routing parameters have changed before returning to
             this server.

             The request method MUST NOT be included in the calculation
             of the branch parameter. In particular, CANCEL and ACK
             requests (for non-2xx responses) MUST have the same branch
             value as the corresponding request they cancel or
             acknowledge. The branch parameter is used in correlating



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 100]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             those requests at the server handling them (see Sections
             17.2.3 and 9.2).

        9.   Add a Content-Length header field if necessary

             If the request will be sent to the next hop using a
             stream-based transport and the copy contains no Content-
             Length header field, the proxy MUST insert one with the
             correct value for the body of the request (see Section
             20.14).

        10.  Forward Request

             A stateful proxy MUST create a new client transaction for
             this request as described in Section 17.1 and instructs the
             transaction to send the request using the address, port and
             transport determined in step 7.

        11.  Set timer C

             In order to handle the case where an INVITE request never
             generates a final response, the TU uses a timer which is
             called timer C.  Timer C MUST be set for each client
             transaction when an INVITE request is proxied. The timer
             MUST be larger than 3 minutes.  Section 16.7 bullet 2
             discusses how this timer is updated with provisional
             responses, and Section 16.8 discusses processing when it
             fires.

16.7 Response Processing



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 108]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   When a response is received by an element, it first tries to locate a
   client transaction (Section 17.1.3) matching the response. If none is
   found, the element MUST process the response (even if it is an
   informational response) as a stateless proxy (described below). If a
   match is found, the response is handed to the client transaction.


        Forwarding responses for which a client transaction (or
        more generally any knowledge of having sent an associated
        request) is not found improves robustness.  In particular,
        it ensures that "late" 2xx responses to INVITE requests are
        forwarded properly.

   As client transactions pass responses to the proxy layer, the
   following processing MUST take place:

        1.   Find the appropriate response context



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 101]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

        2.   Update timer C for provisional responses

        3.   Remove the topmost Via

        4.   Add the response to the response context

        5.   Check to see if this response should be forwarded
             immediately

        6.   When necessary, choose the best final response from the
             response context

             If no final response has been forwarded after every client
             transaction associated with the response context has been
             terminated, the proxy must choose and forward the "best"
             response from those it has seen so far.

             The following processing MUST be performed on each response
             that is forwarded. It is likely that more than one response
             to each request will be forwarded: at least each
             provisional and one final response.

        7.   Aggregate authorization header field values if necessary

        8.   Optionally rewrite Record-Route header field values

        9.   Forward the response

        10.  Generate any necessary CANCEL requests




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 109]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   Each of the above steps are detailed below:

        1.   Find Context

             The proxy locates the "response context" it created before
             forwarding the original request using the key described in
             Section 16.6. The remaining processing steps take place in
             this context.

        2.   Update timer C for provisional responses

             For an INVITE transaction, if the response is a provisional
             response with status codes 101 to 199 inclusive (i.e.,
             anything but 100), the proxy MUST reset timer C for that
             client transaction. The timer MAY be reset to a different
             value, but this value MUST be greater than 3 minutes.

        3.   Via



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 102]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

             The proxy removes the topmost Via header field value from
             the response.

             If no Via header field values remain in the response, the
             response was meant for this element and MUST NOT be
             forwarded. The remainder of the processing described in
             this section is not performed on this message, the UAC
             processing rules described in Section 8.1.3 are followed
             instead (transport layer processing has already occurred).

             This will happen, for instance, when the element generates
             CANCEL requests as described in Section 10.

        4.   Add response to context

             Final responses received are stored in the response context
             until a final response is generated on the server
             transaction associated with this context. The response may
             be a candidate for the best final response to be returned
             on that server transaction. Information from this response
             may be needed in forming the best response even if this
             response is not chosen.

             If the proxy chooses to recurse on any contacts in a 3xx
             response by adding them to the target set, it MUST remove
             them from the response before adding the response to the
             response context. However, a proxy SHOULD NOT recurse to a
             non-SIPS URI if the Request-URI of the original request was
             a SIPS URI.  If the proxy recurses on all of the contacts



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 110]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             in a 3xx response, the proxy SHOULD NOT add the resulting
             contactless response to the response context.


             Removing the contact before adding the response to the
             response context prevents the next element upstream
             from retrying a location this proxy has already
             attempted.

             3xx responses may contain a mixture of SIP, SIPS, and non-
             SIP URIs. A proxy may choose to recurse on the SIP and SIPS
             URIs and place the remainder into the response context to
             be returned potentially in the final response.

             If a proxy receives a 416 (Unsupported URI Scheme) response
             to a request whose Request-URI scheme was not SIP, but the
             scheme in the original received request was SIP or SIPS
             (that is, the proxy changed the scheme from SIP or SIPS to
             something else when it proxied a request), the proxy SHOULD



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 103]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             add a new URI to the target set. This URI SHOULD be a SIP
             URI version of the non-SIP URI that was just tried. In the
             case of the tel URL, this is accomplished by placing the
             telephone-subscriber part of the tel URL into the user part
             of the SIP URI, and setting the hostpart to the domain
             where the prior request was sent. See Section 19.1.6 for
             more detail on forming SIP URIs from tel URLs.

             As with a 3xx response, if a proxy "recurses" on the 416 by
             trying a SIP or SIPS URI instead, the 416 response SHOULD
             NOT be added to the response context.

        5.   Check response for forwarding

             Until a final response has been sent on the server
             transaction, the following responses MUST be forwarded
             immediately:

             - Any provisional response other than 100 (Trying)

             - Any 2xx response

             If a 6xx response is received, it is not immediately
             forwarded, but the stateful proxy SHOULD cancel all client
             pending transactions as described in Section 10, and it
             MUST NOT create any new branches in this context.


             This is a change from RFC 2543, which mandated that



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 111]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             the proxy was to forward the 6xx response immediately.
             For an INVITE transaction, this approach had the
             problem that a 2xx response could arrive on another
             branch, in which case the proxy would have to forward
             the 2xx. The result was that the UAC could receive a
             6xx response followed by a 2xx response, which should
             never be allowed to happen.  Under the new rules, upon
             receiving a 6xx, a proxy will issue a CANCEL request,
             which will generally result in 487 responses from all
             outstanding client transactions, and then at that
             point the 6xx is forwarded upstream.

             After a final response has been sent on the server
             transaction, the following responses MUST be forwarded
             immediately:

             - Any 2xx response to an INVITE request

             A stateful proxy MUST NOT immediately forward any other



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 104]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             responses. In particular, a stateful proxy MUST NOT forward
             any 100 (Trying) response. Those responses that are
             candidates for forwarding later as the "best" response have
             been gathered as described in step "Add Response to
             Context".

             Any response chosen for immediate forwarding MUST be
             processed as described in steps "Aggregate Authorization
             Header Field Values" through "Record-Route".

             This step, combined with the next, ensures that a stateful
             proxy will forward exactly one final response to a non-
             INVITE request, and either exactly one non-2xx response or
             one or more 2xx responses to an INVITE request.

        6.   Choosing the best response

             A stateful proxy MUST send a final response to a response
             context's server transaction if no final responses have
             been immediately forwarded by the above rules and all
             client transactions in this response context have been
             terminated.

             The stateful proxy MUST choose the "best" final response
             among those received and stored in the response context.

             If there are no final responses in the context, the proxy
             MUST send a 408 (Request Timeout) response to the server
             transaction.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 112]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             Otherwise, the proxy MUST forward a response from the
             responses stored in the response context. It MUST choose
             from the 6xx class responses if any exist in the context.
             If no 6xx class responses are present, the proxy SHOULD
             choose from the lowest response class stored in the
             response context. The proxy MAY select any response within
             that chosen class. The proxy SHOULD give preference to
             responses that provide information affecting resubmission
             of this request, such as 401, 407, 415, 420, and 484 if the
             4xx class is chosen.

             A proxy which receives a 503 (Service Unavailable) response
             SHOULD NOT forward it upstream unless it can determine that
             any subsequent requests it might proxy will also generate a
             503. In other words, forwarding a 503 means that the proxy
             knows it cannot service any requests, not just the one for
             the Request-URI in the request which generated the 503.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 105]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002  If
             the only response that was received is a 503, the proxy
             SHOULD generate a 500 response and forward that upstream.

             The forwarded response MUST be processed as described in
             steps "Aggregate Authorization Header Field Values" through
             "Record-Route".

             For example, if a proxy forwarded a request to 4 locations,
             and received 503, 407, 501, and 404 responses, it may
             choose to forward the 407 (Proxy Authentication Required)
             response.

             1xx and 2xx responses may be involved in the establishment
             of dialogs. When a request does not contain a To tag, the
             To tag in the response is used by the UAC to distinguish
             multiple responses to a dialog creating request. A proxy
             MUST NOT insert a tag into the To header field of a 1xx or
             2xx response if the request did not contain one. A proxy
             MUST NOT modify the tag in the To header field of a 1xx or
             2xx response.

             Since a proxy may not insert a tag into the To header field
             of a 1xx response to a request that did not contain one, it
             cannot issue non-100 provisional responses on its own.
             However, it can branch the request to a UAS sharing the
             same element as the proxy. This UAS can return its own
             provisional responses, entering into an early dialog with
             the initiator of the request. The UAS does not have to be a
             discreet process from the proxy. It could be a virtual UAS
             implemented in the same code space as the proxy.

             3-6xx responses are delivered hop-hop. When issuing a




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 113]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             3-6xx responses are delivered hop-hop. When issuing a 3-6xx
             response, the element is effectively acting as a UAS,
             issuing its own response, usually based on the responses
             received from downstream elements. An element SHOULD
             preserve the To tag when simply forwarding a 3-6xx response
             to a request that did not contain a To tag.

             A proxy MUST NOT modify the To tag in any forwarded
             response to a request that contains a To tag.


             While it makes no difference to the upstream elements
             if the proxy replaced the To tag in a forwarded 3-6xx
             response, preserving the original tag may assist with
             debugging.

             When the proxy is aggregating information from several
             responses, choosing a To tag from among them is arbitrary,
             and generating a new To tag may make debugging easier. This
             happens, for instance, when combining 401 (Unauthorized)



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 106]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             and 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) challenges, or
             combining Contact values from unencrypted and
             unauthenticated 3xx responses.

        7.   Aggregate Authorization Header Field Values

             If the selected response is a 401 (Unauthorized) or 407
             (Proxy Authentication Required), the proxy MUST collect any
             WWW-Authenticate and Proxy-Authenticate header field values
             from all other 401 (Unauthorized) and 407 (Proxy
             Authentication Required) responses received so far in this
             response context and add them to this response without
             modification before forwarding.  The resulting 401
             (Unauthorized) or 407 (Proxy Authentication Required)
             response could have several WWW-Authenticate AND Proxy-
             Authenticate header field values.

             This is necessary because any or all of the destinations
             the request was forwarded to may have requested
             credentials. The client needs to receive all of those
             challenges and supply credentials for each of them when it
             retries the request. Motivation for this behavior is
             provided in Section 26.

        8.   Record-Route

             If the selected response contains a Record-Route header
             field value originally provided by this proxy, the proxy



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 114]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             MAY choose to rewrite the value before forwarding the
             response. This allows the proxy to provide different URIs
             for itself to the next upstream and downstream elements. A
             proxy may choose to use this mechanism for any reason. For
             instance, it is useful for multi-homed hosts.

             If the proxy received the request over TLS, and sent it out
             over a non-TLS connection, the proxy MUST rewrite the URI
             in the Record-Route header field to be a SIPS URI. If the
             proxy received the request over a non-TLS connection, and
             sent it out over TLS, the proxy MUST rewrite the URI in the
             Record-Route header field to be a SIP URI.

             The new URI provided by the proxy MUST satisfy the same
             constraints on URIs placed in Record-Route header fields in
             requests (see Step 4 of Section 16.6) with the following
             modifications:

             The URI SHOULD NOT contain the transport parameter unless
             the proxy has knowledge that the next upstream (as opposed



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 107]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             to downstream) element that will be in the path of
             subsequent requests supports that transport.

             When a proxy does decide to modify the Record-Route header
             field in the response, one of the operations it performs is
             locating the Record-Route value that it had inserted. If
             the request spiraled, and the proxy inserted a Record-Route
             value in each iteration of the spiral, locating the correct
             value in the response (which must be the proper iteration
             in the reverse direction) is tricky. The rules above
             recommend that a proxy wishing to rewrite Record-Route
             header field values insert sufficiently distinct URIs into
             the Record-Route header field so that the right one may be
             selected for rewriting.  A RECOMMENDED mechanism to achieve
             this is for the proxy to append a unique identifier for the
             proxy instance to the user portion of the URI.

             When the response arrives, the proxy modifies the first
             Record-Route whose identifier matches the proxy instance.
             The modification results in a URI without this piece of
             data appended to the user portion of the URI. Upon the next
             iteration, the same algorithm (find the topmost Record-
             Route header field value with the parameter) will correctly
             extract the next Record-Route header field value inserted
             by that proxy.


             Not every response to a request to which a proxy adds



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 115]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             a Record-Route header field value will contain a
             Record-Route header field. If the response does
             contain a Record-Route header field, it will contain
             the value the proxy added.

        9.   Forward response

             After performing the processing described in steps
             "Aggregate Authorization Header Field Values" through
             "Record-Route", the proxy MAY perform any feature specific
             manipulations on the selected response.  The proxy MUST NOT
             add to, modify, or remove the message body.  Unless
             otherwise specified, the proxy MUST NOT remove any header
             field values other than the Via header field value
             discussed in Section 16.7 Item 3.  In particular, the proxy
             MUST NOT remove any "received" parameter it may have added
             to the next Via header field value while processing the
             request associated with this response. The proxy MUST pass
             the response to the server transaction associated with the
             response context. This will result in the response being



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 108]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
             sent to the location now indicated in the topmost Via
             header field value. If the server transaction is no longer
             available to handle the transmission, the element MUST
             forward the response statelessly by sending it to the
             server transport. The server transaction might indicate
             failure to send the response or signal a timeout in its
             state machine. These errors would be logged for diagnostic
             purposes as appropriate, but the protocol requires no
             remedial action from the proxy.

             The proxy MUST maintain the response context until all of
             its associated transactions have been terminated, even
             after forwarding a final response.

        10.  Generate CANCELs

             If the forwarded response was a final response, the proxy
             MUST generate a CANCEL request for all pending client
             transactions associated with this response context. A proxy
             SHOULD also generate a CANCEL request for all pending
             client transactions associated with this response context
             when it receives a 6xx response. A pending client
             transaction is one that has received a provisional
             response, but no final response (it is in the proceeding
             state) and has not had an associated CANCEL generated for
             it.  Generating CANCEL requests is described in Section
             9.1.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 116]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             The requirement to CANCEL pending client transactions upon
             forwarding a final response does not guarantee that an
             endpoint will not receive multiple 200 (OK) responses to an
             INVITE. 200 (OK) responses on more than one branch may be
             generated before the CANCEL requests can be sent and
             processed. Further, it is reasonable to expect that a
             future extension may override this requirement to issue
             CANCEL requests.

16.8 Processing Timer C

   If timer C should fire, the proxy MUST either reset the timer with
   any value it chooses, or terminate the client transaction. If the
   client transaction has received a provisional response, the proxy
   MUST generate a CANCEL request matching that transaction. If the
   client transaction has not received a provisional response, the proxy
   MUST behave as if the transaction received a 408 (Request Timeout)
   response.

   Allowing the proxy to reset the timer allows the proxy to dynamically



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 109]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   extend the transaction's lifetime based on current conditions (such
   as utilization) when the timer fires.

16.9 Handling Transport Errors

   If the transport layer notifies a proxy of an error when it tries to
   forward a request (see Section 18.4), the proxy MUST behave as if the
   forwarded request received a 400 (Bad Request) response.

   If the proxy is notified of an error when forwarding a response, it
   drops the response. The proxy SHOULD NOT cancel any outstanding
   client transactions associated with this response context due to this
   notification.


        If a proxy cancels its outstanding client transactions, a
        single malicious or misbehaving client can cause all
        transactions to fail through its Via header field.

16.10 CANCEL Processing

   A stateful proxy MAY generate a CANCEL to any other request it has
   generated at any time (subject to receiving a provisional response to
   that request as described in section 9.1). A proxy MUST cancel any
   pending client transactions associated with a response context when
   it receives a matching CANCEL request.

   A stateful proxy MAY generate CANCEL requests for pending INVITE



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 117]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   client transactions based on the period specified in the INVITE's
   Expires header field elapsing. However, this is generally unnecessary
   since the endpoints involved will take care of signaling the end of
   the transaction.

   While a CANCEL request is handled in a stateful proxy by its own
   server transaction, a new response context is not created for it.
   Instead, the proxy layer searches its existing response contexts for
   the server transaction handling the request associated with this
   CANCEL.  If a matching response context is found, the element MUST
   immediately return a 200 (OK) response to the CANCEL request. In this
   case, the element is acting as a user agent server as defined in
   Section 8.2. Furthermore, the element MUST generate CANCEL requests
   for all pending client transactions in the context as described in
   Section 16.7 step 10.

   If a response context is not found, the element does not have any
   knowledge of the request to apply the CANCEL to. It MUST statelessly
   forward the CANCEL request (it may have statelessly forwarded the
   associated request previously).



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 110]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

16.11 Stateless Proxy

   When acting statelessly, a proxy is a simple message forwarder. Much
   of the processing performed when acting statelessly is the same as
   when behaving statefully. The differences are detailed here.

   A stateless proxy does not have any notion of a transaction, or of
   the response context used to describe stateful proxy behavior.
   Instead, the stateless proxy takes messages, both requests and
   responses, directly from the transport layer (See section 18). As a
   result, stateless proxies do not retransmit messages on their own.
   They do, however, forward all retransmission they receive (they do
   not have the ability to distinguish a retransmission from the
   original message).  Furthermore, when handling a request statelessly,
   an element MUST NOT generate its own 100 (Trying) or any other
   provisional response.

   A stateless proxy MUST validate a request as described in Section
   16.3

   A stateless proxy MUST follow the request processing steps described
   in Sections 16.4 through 16.5 with the following exception:

        o A stateless proxy MUST choose one and only one target from the
          target set. This choice MUST only rely on fields in the
          message and time-invariant properties of the server. In
          particular, a retransmitted request MUST be forwarded to the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 118]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


          same destination each time it is processed. Furthermore,
          CANCEL and non-Routed ACK requests MUST generate the same
          choice as their associated INVITE.

   A stateless proxy MUST follow the request processing steps described
   in Section 16.6 with the following exceptions:

        o The requirement for unique branch IDs across space and time
          applies to stateless proxies as well. However, a stateless
          proxy cannot simply use a random number generator to compute
          the first component of the branch ID, as described in Section
          16.6 bullet 8. This is because retransmissions of a request
          need to have the same value, and a stateless proxy cannot tell
          a retransmission from the original request. Therefore, the
          component of the branch parameter that makes it unique MUST be
          the same each time a retransmitted request is forwarded. Thus
          for a stateless proxy, the branch parameter MUST be computed
          as a combinatoric function of message parameters which are
          invariant on retransmission.

          The stateless proxy MAY use any technique it likes to



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 111]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
          guarantee uniqueness of its branch IDs across transactions.
          However, the following procedure is RECOMMENDED. The proxy
          examines the branch ID in the topmost Via header field of the
          received request. If it begins with the magic cookie, the
          first component of the branch ID of the outgoing request is
          computed as a hash of the received branch ID. Otherwise, the
          first component of the branch ID is computed as a hash of the
          topmost Via, the tag in the To header field, the tag in the
          From header field, the Call-ID header field, the CSeq number
          (but not method), and the Request-URI from the received
          request. One of these fields will always vary across two
          different transactions.

        o All other message transformations specified in Section 16.6
          MUST result in the same transformation of a retransmitted
          request. In particular, if the proxy inserts a Record-Route
          value or pushes URIs into the Route header field, it MUST
          place the same values in retransmissions of the request. As
          for the Via branch parameter, this implies that the
          transformations MUST be based on time-invariant configuration
          or retransmission-invariant properties of the request.

        o A stateless proxy determines where to forward the request as
          described for stateful proxies in Section 16.6 Item 10.  The
          request is sent directly to the transport layer instead of
          through a client transaction.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 119]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        Since a stateless proxy must forward retransmitted requests
        to the same destination and add identical branch parameters
        to each of them, it can only use information from the
        message itself and time-invariant configuration data for
        those calculations. If the configuration state is not
        time-invariant (for example, if a routing table is updated)
        any requests that could be affected by the change may not
        be forwarded statelessly during an interval equal to the
        transaction timeout window before or after the change. The
        method of processing the affected requests in that interval
        is an implementation decision. A common solution is to
        forward them transaction statefully.

   Stateless proxies MUST NOT perform special processing for CANCEL
   requests. They are processed by the above rules as any other
   requests.  In particular, a stateless proxy applies the same Route
   header field processing to CANCEL requests that it applies to any
   other request.

   Response processing as described in Section 16.7 does not apply to a



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 112]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   proxy behaving statelessly. When a response arrives at a stateless
   proxy, the proxy MUST inspect the sent-by value in the first
   (topmost) Via header field value. If that address matches the proxy
   (it equals a value this proxy has inserted into previous requests)
   the proxy MUST remove that header field value from the response and
   forward the result to the location indicated in the next Via header
   field value.  The proxy MUST NOT add to, modify, or remove the
   message body.  Unless specified otherwise, the proxy MUST NOT remove
   any other header field values. If the address does not match the
   proxy, the message MUST be silently discarded.

16.12 Summary of Proxy Route Processing

   In the absence of local policy to the contrary, the processing a
   proxy performs on a request containing a Route header field can be
   summarized in the following steps.

        1.   The proxy will inspect the Request-URI. If it indicates a
             resource owned by this proxy, the proxy will replace it
             with the results of running a location service. Otherwise,
             the proxy will not change the Request-URI.

        2.   The proxy will inspect the URI in the topmost Route header
             field value. If it indicates this proxy, the proxy removes
             it from the Route header field (this route node has been
             reached).

        3.   The proxy will forward the request to the resource



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 120]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             indicated by the URI in the topmost Route header field
             value or in the Request-URI if no Route header field is
             present. The proxy determines the address, port and
             transport to use when forwarding the request by applying
             the procedures in [4] to that URI.

   If no strict-routing elements are encountered on the path of the
   request, the Request-URI will always indicate the target of the
   request.

16.12.1 Examples

16.12.1.1 Basic SIP Trapezoid

   This scenario is the basic SIP trapezoid, U1 -> P1 -> P2 -> U2, with
   both proxies record-routing. Here is the flow.

   U1 sends:





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 113]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


   INVITE sip:callee@domain.com SIP/2.0
   Contact: sip:caller@u1.example.com



   to P1. P1 is an outbound proxy. P1 is not responsible for domain.com,
   so it looks it up in DNS and sends it there. It also adds a Record-
   Route header field value:


   INVITE sip:callee@domain.com SIP/2.0
   Contact: sip:caller@u1.example.com
   Record-Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>



   P2 gets this. It is responsible for domain.com so it runs a location
   service and rewrites the Request-URI.  It also adds a Record-Route
   header field value.  There is no Route header field, so it resolves
   the new Request-URI to determine where to send the request:


   INVITE sip:callee@u2.domain.com SIP/2.0
   Contact: sip:caller@u1.example.com
   Record-Route: <sip:p2.domain.com;lr>
   Record-Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 121]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   The callee at u2.domain.com gets this and responds with a 200 OK:


   SIP/2.0 200 OK
   Contact: sip:callee@u2.domain.com
   Record-Route: <sip:p2.domain.com;lr>
   Record-Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>



   The callee at u2 also sets its dialog state's remote target URI to
   sip:caller@u1.example.com and its route set to

   (<sip:p2.domain.com;lr>,<sip:p1.example.com;lr>)



   This is forwarded by P2 to P1 to U1 as normal. Now, U1 sets its
   dialog state's remote target URI to sip:callee@u2.domain.com and its



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 114]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   route set to

   (<sip:p1.example.com;lr>,<sip:p2.domain.com;lr>)



   Since all the route set elements contain the lr parameter, U1
   constructs the following BYE request:


   BYE sip:callee@u2.domain.com SIP/2.0
   Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>,<sip:p2.domain.com;lr>



   As any other element (including proxies) would do, it resolves the
   URI in the topmost Route header field value using DNS to determine
   where to send the request. This goes to P1.  P1 notices that it is
   not responsible for the resource indicated in the Request-URI so it
   doesn't change it.  It does see that it is the first value in the
   Route header field, so it removes that value, and forwards the
   request to P2:


   BYE sip:callee@u2.domain.com SIP/2.0
   Route: <sip:p2.domain.com;lr>






J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 122]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   P2 also notices it is not responsible for the resource indicated by
   the Request-URI (it is responsible for domain.com, not
   u2.domain.com), so it doesn't change it. It does see itself in the
   first Route header field value, so it removes it and forwards the
   following to u2.domain.com based on a DNS lookup against the
   Request-URI:


   BYE sip:callee@u2.domain.com SIP/2.0



16.12.1.2 Traversing a strict-routing proxy

   In this scenario, a dialog is established across four proxies, each
   of which adds Record-Route header field values.  The third proxy
   implements the strict-routing procedures specified in RFC 2543 and
   the bis drafts up to bis-05.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 115]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


   U1->P1->P2->P3->P4->U2



   The INVITE arriving at U2 contains

   INVITE sip:callee@u2.domain.com SIP/2.0
   Contact: sip:caller@u1.example.com
   Record-Route: <sip:p4.domain.com;lr>
   Record-Route: <sip:p3.middle.com>
   Record-Route: <sip:p2.example.com;lr>
   Record-Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>



   Which U2 responds to with a 200 OK. Later, U2 sends the following BYE
   request to P4 based on the first Route header field value.


   BYE sip:caller@u1.example.com SIP/2.0
   Route: <sip:p4.domain.com;lr>
   Route: <sip:p3.middle.com>
   Route: <sip:p2.example.com;lr>
   Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>



   P4 is not responsible for the resource indicated in the Request-URI



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 123]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   so it will leave it alone.  It notices that it is the element in the
   first Route header field value so it removes it.  It then prepares to
   send the request based on the now first Route header field value of
   sip:p3.middle.com, but it notices that this URI does not contain the
   lr parameter, so before sending, it reformats the request to be:


   BYE sip:p3.middle.com SIP/2.0
   Route: <sip:p2.example.com;lr>
   Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>
   Route: <sip:caller@u1.example.com>



   P3 is a strict router, so it forwards the following to P2:


   BYE sip:p2.example.com;lr SIP/2.0
   Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>
   Route: <sip:caller@u1.example.com>



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 116]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002



   P2 sees the request-URI is a value it placed into a Record-Route
   header field, so before further processing, it rewrites the request
   to be


   BYE sip:caller@u1.example.com SIP/2.0
   Route: <sip:p1.example.com;lr>



   P2 is not responsible for u1.example.com so it sends the request to
   P1 based on the resolution of the Route header field value.

   P1 notices itself in the topmost Route header field value, so it
   removes it, resulting in:


   BYE sip:caller@u1.example.com SIP/2.0



   Since P1 is not responsible for u1.example.com and there is no Route
   header field, P1 will forward the request to u1.example.com based on
   the Request-URI.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 124]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


16.12.1.3 Rewriting Record-Route header field values

   In this scenario, U1 and U2 are in different private namespaces and
   they enter a dialog through a proxy P1, which acts as a gateway
   between the namespaces.


   U1->P1->U2



   U1 sends:


   INVITE sip:callee@gateway.leftprivatespace.com SIP/2.0
   Contact: <sip:caller@u1.leftprivatespace.com>



   P1 uses its location service and sends the following to U2:


   INVITE sip:callee@rightprivatespace.com SIP/2.0



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 117]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   Contact: <sip:caller@u1.leftprivatespace.com>
   Record-Route: <sip:gateway.rightprivatespace.com;lr>



   U2 sends this 200 (OK) back to PI:


   SIP/2.0 200 OK
   Contact: <sip:callee@u2.rightprivatespace.com>
   Record-Route: <sip:gateway.rightprivatespace.com;lr>



   P1 rewrites its Record-Route header parameter to provide a value that
   U1 will find useful, and sends the following to U1:


   SIP/2.0 200 OK
   Contact: <sip:callee@u2.rightprivatespace.com>
   Record-Route: <sip:gateway.leftprivatespace.com;lr>



   Later, U1 sends the following BYE request to P1:



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 125]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   BYE sip:callee@u2.rightprivatespace.com SIP/2.0
   Route: <sip:gateway.leftprivatespace.com;lr>



   which P1 forwards to U2 as


   BYE sip:callee@u2.rightprivatespace.com SIP/2.0



17 Transactions

   SIP is a transactional protocol: interactions between components take
   place in a series of independent message exchanges. Specifically, a
   SIP transaction consists of a single request and any responses to
   that request, which include zero or more provisional responses and
   one or more final responses. In the case of a transaction where the
   request was an INVITE (known as an INVITE transaction), the
   transaction also includes the ACK only if the final response was not



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 118]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   a 2xx response. If the response was a 2xx, the ACK is not considered
   part of the transaction.

        The reason for this separation is rooted in the importance
        of delivering all 200 (OK) responses to an INVITE to the
        UAC. To deliver them all to the UAC, the UAS alone takes
        responsibility for retransmitting them (see Section
        13.3.1.4), and the UAC alone takes responsibility for
        acknowledging them with ACK (see Section 13.2.2.4).  Since
        this ACK is retransmitted only by the UAC, it is
        effectively considered its own transaction.

   Transactions have a client side and a server side. The client side is
   known as a client transaction and the server side as a server
   transaction. The client transaction sends the request, and the server
   transaction sends the response. The client and server transactions
   are logical functions that are embedded in any number of elements.
   Specifically, they exist within user agents and stateful proxy
   servers.  Consider the example in Section 4. In this example, the UAC
   executes the client transaction, and its outbound proxy executes the
   server transaction. The outbound proxy also executes a client
   transaction, which sends the request to a server transaction in the
   inbound proxy. That proxy also executes a client transaction, which
   in turn sends the request to a server transaction in the UAS. This is
   shown in Figure 4.





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 126]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002




                                                                          
                                                                          
 +---------+        +---------+        +---------+        +---------+     
 |      +-+|Request |+-+   +-+|Request |+-+   +-+|Request |+-+      |     
 |      |C||------->||S|   |C||------->||S|   |C||------->||S|      |     
 |      |l||        ||e|   |l||        ||e|   |l||        ||e|      |     
 |      |i||        ||r|   |i||        ||r|   |i||        ||r|      |     
 |      |e||        ||v|   |e||        ||v|   |e||        ||v|      |     
 |      |n||        ||e|   |n||        ||e|   |n||        ||e|      |     
 |      |t||        ||r|   |t||        ||r|   |t||        ||r|      |     
 |      | ||        || |   | ||        || |   | ||        || |      |     
 |      |T||        ||T|   |T||        ||T|   |T||        ||T|      |     
 |      |r||        ||r|   |r||        ||r|   |r||        ||r|      |     
 |      |a||        ||a|   |a||        ||a|   |a||        ||a|      |     
 |      |n||        ||n|   |n||        ||n|   |n||        ||n|      |     
 |      |s||Response||s|   |s||Response||s|   |s||Response||s|      |     
 |      +-+|<-------|+-+   +-+|<-------|+-+   +-+|<-------|+-+      |     
 +---------+        +---------+        +---------+        +---------+     
    UAC               Outbound           Inbound              UAS         
                      Proxy               Proxy                           
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          



   Figure 4: Transaction relationships


   A stateless proxy does not contain a client or server transaction.
   The transaction exists between the UA or stateful proxy on one side,
   and the UA or stateful proxy on the other side. As far as SIP
   transactions are concerned, stateless proxies are effectively
   transparent. The purpose of the client transaction is to receive a
   request from the element in which the client is embedded (call this
   element the "Transaction User" or TU; it can be a UA or a stateful
   proxy), and reliably deliver the request to a server transaction. The
   client transaction is also responsible for receiving responses and
   delivering them to the TU, filtering out any response retransmissions
   or disallowed responses (such as a response to ACK). Additionally, in
   the case of an INVITE request, the client transaction is responsible
   for generating the ACK request for any final response excepting a 2xx
   response.

   Similarly, the purpose of the server transaction is to receive



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 127]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   requests from the transport layer and deliver them to the TU. The
   server transaction filters any request retransmissions from the
   network. The server transaction accepts responses from the TU and
   delivers them to the transport layer for transmission over the
   network. In the case of an INVITE transaction, it absorbs the ACK



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 119]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002




                                                                          
                                                                          
 +---------+        +---------+        +---------+        +---------+     
 |      +-+|Request |+-+   +-+|Request |+-+   +-+|Request |+-+      |     
 |      |C||------->||S|   |C||------->||S|   |C||------->||S|      |     
 |      |l||        ||e|   |l||        ||e|   |l||        ||e|      |     
 |      |i||        ||r|   |i||        ||r|   |i||        ||r|      |     
 |      |e||        ||v|   |e||        ||v|   |e||        ||v|      |     
 |      |n||        ||e|   |n||        ||e|   |n||        ||e|      |     
 |      |t||        ||r|   |t||        ||r|   |t||        ||r|      |     
 |      | ||        || |   | ||        || |   | ||        || |      |     
 |      |T||        ||T|   |T||        ||T|   |T||        ||T|      |     
 |      |r||        ||r|   |r||        ||r|   |r||        ||r|      |     
 |      |a||        ||a|   |a||        ||a|   |a||        ||a|      |     
 |      |n||        ||n|   |n||        ||n|   |n||        ||n|      |     
 |      |s||Response||s|   |s||Response||s|   |s||Response||s|      |     
 |      +-+|<-------|+-+   +-+|<-------|+-+   +-+|<-------|+-+      |     
 +---------+        +---------+        +---------+        +---------+     
    UAC               Outbound           Inbound              UAS         
                      Proxy               Proxy                           
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          



   Figure 4: Transaction relationships
   request for any final response excepting a 2xx response.

   The 2xx response and its ACK receive special treatment. This response
   is retransmitted only by a UAS, and its ACK generated only by the
   UAC. This end-to-end treatment is needed so that a caller knows the
   entire set of users that have accepted the call. Because of this
   special handling, retransmissions of the 2xx response are handled by
   the UA core, not the transaction layer. Similarly, generation of the
   ACK for the 2xx is handled by the UA core. Each proxy along the path
   merely forwards each 2xx response to INVITE and its corresponding
   ACK.

17.1 Client Transaction

   The client transaction provides its functionality through the
   maintenance of a state machine.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 120]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   The TU communicates with the client transaction through a simple
   interface. When the TU wishes to initiate a new transaction, it
   creates a client transaction and passes it the SIP request to send
   and an IP address, port, and transport to which to send it. The
   client transaction begins execution of its state machine. Valid
   responses are passed up to the TU from the client transaction.

   There are two types of client transaction state machines, depending
   on the method of the request passed by the TU. One handles client
   transactions for INVITE requests. This type of machine is referred to
   as an INVITE client transaction. Another type handles client
   transactions for all requests except INVITE and ACK. This is referred
   to as a non-INVITE client transaction. There is no client transaction
   for ACK. If the TU wishes to send an ACK, it passes one directly to
   the transport layer for transmission.

   The INVITE transaction is different from those of other methods
   because of its extended duration. Normally, human input is required
   in order to respond to an INVITE. The long delays expected for
   sending a response argue for a three-way handshake. On the other
   hand, requests of other methods are expected to complete rapidly.
   Because of the non-INVITE transaction's reliance on a two-way
   handshake, TUs SHOULD respond immediately to non-INVITE requests.

17.1.1 INVITE Client Transaction




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 128]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


17.1.1.1 Overview of INVITE Transaction

   The INVITE transaction consists of a three-way handshake. The client
   transaction sends an INVITE, the server transaction sends responses,
   and the client transaction sends an ACK. For unreliable transports
   (such as UDP), the client transaction retransmits requests at an
   interval that starts at T1 seconds and doubles after every
   retransmission. T1 is an estimate of the round-trip time (RTT), and
   it defaults to 500 ms. Nearly all of the transaction timers described
   here scale with T1, and changing T1 adjusts their values. The request
   is not retransmitted over reliable transports. After receiving a 1xx
   response, any retransmissions cease altogether, and the client waits
   for further responses. The server transaction can send additional 1xx
   responses, which are not transmitted reliably by the server
   transaction.  Eventually, the server transaction decides to send a
   final response. For unreliable transports, that response is
   retransmitted periodically, and for reliable transports, it is sent
   once. For each final response that is received at the client
   transaction, the client transaction sends an ACK, the purpose of
   which is to quench retransmissions of the response.

17.1.1.2 Formal Description



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 121]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


   The state machine for the INVITE client transaction is shown in
   Figure 5. The initial state, "calling", MUST be entered when the TU
   initiates a new client transaction with an INVITE request. The client
   transaction MUST pass the request to the transport layer for
   transmission (see Section 18).  If an unreliable transport is being
   used, the client transaction MUST start timer A with a value of T1.
   If a reliable transport is being used, the client transaction SHOULD
   NOT start timer A (Timer A controls request retransmissions). For any
   transport, the client transaction MUST start timer B with a value of
   64*T1 seconds (Timer B controls transaction timeouts).

   When timer A fires, the client transaction MUST retransmit the
   request by passing it to the transport layer, and MUST reset the
   timer with a value of 2*T1. The formal definition of retransmit r transmit
   within the context of the transaction layer is to take the message
   previously sent to the transport layer and pass it to the transport
   layer once more.

   When timer A fires 2*T1 seconds later, the request MUST be
   retransmitted again (assuming the client transaction is still in this
   state). This process MUST continue so that the request is
   retransmitted with intervals that double after each transmission.
   These retransmissions SHOULD only be done while the client
   transaction is in the "calling" state.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 129]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   The default value for T1 is 500 ms. T1 is an estimate of the RTT
   between the client and server transactions. Elements MAY (though it
   is NOT RECOMMENDED) use smaller values of T1 within closed, private
   networks that do not permit general Internet connection. T1 MAY be
   chosen larger, and this is RECOMMENDED if it is known in advance
   (such as on high latency access links) that the RTT is larger.
   Whatever the value of T1, the exponential backoffs on retransmissions
   described in this section MUST be used.

   If the client transaction is still in the "calling" state when timer
   B fires, the client transaction SHOULD inform the TU that a timeout
   has occurred. The client transaction MUST NOT generate an ACK.  The
   value of 64*T1 is equal to the amount of time required to send seven
   requests in the case of an unreliable transport.

   If the client transaction receives a provisional response while in
   the "Calling" state, it transitions to the "proceeding" state. In the
   "proceeding" state, the client transaction SHOULD NOT retransmit the
   request any longer. Furthermore, the provisional response MUST be
   passed to the TU. Any further provisional responses MUST be passed up
   to the TU while in the "proceeding" state.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 122]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   When in either the "Calling" or "Proceeding" states, reception of a
   response with status code from 300-699 MUST cause the client
   transaction to transition to "Completed". The client transaction MUST
   pass the received response up to the TU, and the client transaction
   MUST generate an ACK request, even if the transport is reliable
   (guidelines for constructing the ACK from the response are given in
   Section 17.1.1.3) and then pass the ACK to the transport layer for
   transmission. The ACK MUST be sent to the same address, port, and
   transport to which the original request was sent. The client
   transaction SHOULD start timer D when it enters the "Completed"
   state, with a value of at least 32 seconds for unreliable transports,
   and a value of zero seconds for reliable transports. Timer D reflects
   the amount of time that the server transaction can remain in the
   "Completed" state when unreliable transports are used. This is equal
   to Timer H in the INVITE server transaction, whose default is 64*T1.
   However, the client transaction does not know the value of T1 in use
   by the server transaction, so an absolute minimum of 32s is used
   instead of basing Timer D on T1.

   Any retransmissions of the final response that are received while in
   the "Completed" state MUST cause the ACK to be re-passed to the
   transport layer for retransmission, but the newly received response
   MUST NOT be passed up to the TU. A retransmission of the response is
   defined as any response which would match the same client transaction
   based on the rules of Section 17.1.3.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 130]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002




                                                                          
                               |INVITE from TU                            
             Timer A fires     |INVITE sent                               
             Reset A,          V                      Timer B fires       
             INVITE sent +-----------+                or Transport Err.   
               +---------|           |---------------+inform TU           
               |         |  Calling  |               |                    
               +-------->|           |-------------->|                    
                         +-----------+ 2xx           |                    
                            |  |       2xx to TU     |                    
                            |  |1xx                  |                    
    300-699 +---------------+  |1xx to TU            |                    
   ACK sent |                  |                     |                    
resp. to TU |  1xx             V                     |                    
            |  1xx to TU  -----------+               |                    
            |  +---------|           |               |                    
            |  |         |Proceeding |-------------->|                    
            |  +-------->|           | 2xx           |                    
            |            +-----------+ 2xx to TU     |                    
            |       300-699    |                     |                    
            |       ACK sent,  |                     |                    
            |       resp. to TU|                     |                    
            |                  |                     |      NOTE:         
            |  300-699         V                     |                    
            |  ACK sent  +-----------+Transport Err. |  transitions       
            |  +---------|           |Inform TU      |  labeled with      
            |  |         | Completed |-------------->|  the event         
            |  +-------->|           |               |  over the action   
            |            +-----------+               |  to take           
            |              ^   |                     |                    
            |              |   | Timer D fires       |                    
            +--------------+   | -                   |                    
                               |                     |                    
                               V                     |                    
                         +-----------+               |                    
                         |           |               |                    
                         | Terminated|<--------------+                    
                         |           |                                    
                         +-----------+                                    
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          



   Figure 5: INVITE client transaction

J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 131]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   If timer D fires while the client transaction is in the "Completed"
   state, the client transaction MUST move to the terminated state, and
   it MUST inform the TU of the timeout.

   When in either the "Calling" or "Proceeding" states, reception of a
   2xx response MUST cause the client transaction to enter the
   "Terminated" state, and the response MUST be passed up to the TU. The
   handling of this response depends on whether the TU is a proxy core
   or a UAC core. A UAC core will handle generation of the ACK for this
   response, while a proxy core will always forward the 200 (OK)
   upstream.  The differing treatment of 200 (OK) between proxy and UAC
   is the reason that handling of it does not take place in the
   transaction layer.

   The client transaction MUST be destroyed the instant it enters the
   "Terminated" state. This is actually necessary to guarantee correct
   operation. The reason is that 2xx responses to an INVITE are treated
   differently; each one is forwarded by proxies, and the ACK handling
   in a UAC is different. Thus, each 2xx needs to be passed to a proxy
   core (so that it can be forwarded) and to a UAC core (so it can be
   acknowledged). No transaction layer processing takes place. Whenever
   a response is received by the transport, if the transport layer finds



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 123]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002




                                                                          
                               |INVITE from TU                            
             Timer A fires     |INVITE sent                               
             Reset A,          V                      Timer B fires       
             INVITE sent +-----------+                or Transport Err.   
               +---------|           |---------------+inform TU           
               |         |  Calling  |               |                    
               +-------->|           |-------------->|                    
                         +-----------+ 2xx           |                    
                            |  |       2xx to TU     |                    
                            |  |1xx                  |                    
    300-699 +---------------+  |1xx to TU            |                    
   ACK sent |                  |                     |                    
resp. to TU |  1xx             V                     |                    
            |  1xx
   no matching client transaction (using the rules of Section 17.1.3),
   the response is passed directly to TU  -----------+               |                    
            |  +---------|           |               |                    
            |  |         |Proceeding |-------------->|                    
            |  +-------->|           | 2xx           |                    
            |            +-----------+ the core. Since the matching
   client transaction is destroyed by the first 2xx, subsequent 2xx will
   find no match and therefore be passed to TU     |                    
            |       300-699    |                     |                    
            | the core.

17.1.1.3 Construction of the ACK sent,  |                     |                    
            |       resp. to TU|                     |                    
            |                  |                     |      NOTE:         
            |  300-699         V                     |                    
            | Request

   This section specifies the construction of ACK sent  +-----------+Transport Err. |  transitions       
            |  +---------|           |Inform TU      |  labeled with      
            |  |         | Completed |-------------->|  the event         
            |  +-------->|           |               |  over the action   
            |            +-----------+               |  to take           
            |              ^   |                     |                    
            |              |   | Timer D fires       |                    
            +--------------+   | -                   |                    
                               |                     |                    
                               V                     |                    
                         +-----------+               |                    
                         |           |               |                    
                         | Terminated|<--------------+                    
                         |           |                                    
                         +-----------+                                    
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          



   Figure 5: INVITE client transaction

J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 124]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


   no matching client transaction (using the rules of Section 17.1.3),
   the response is passed directly to the core. Since the matching
   client transaction is destroyed by the first 2xx, subsequent 2xx will
   find no match and therefore be passed to the core.

17.1.1.3 Construction of the ACK Request

   This section specifies the construction of ACK requests requests sent within
   the client transaction. A UAC core that generates an ACK for 2xx MUST
   instead follow the rules described in Section 13.

   The ACK request constructed by the client transaction MUST contain
   values for the Call-ID, From, and Request-URI that are equal to the
   values of those header fields in the request passed to the transport
   by the client transaction (call this the "original request"). The To
   header field in the ACK MUST equal the To header field in the
   response being acknowledged, and therefore will usually differ from
   the To header field in the original request by the addition of the
   tag parameter. The ACK MUST contain a single Via header field, and
   this MUST be equal to the top Via header field of the original
   request. The CSeq header field in the ACK MUST contain the same value
   for the sequence number as was present in the original request, but
   the method parameter MUST be equal to "ACK".

   If the INVITE request whose response is being acknowledged had Route
   header fields, those header fields MUST appear in the ACK.  This is



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 132]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   to ensure that the ACK can be routed properly through any downstream
   stateless proxies.

   Although any request MAY contain a body, a body in an ACK is special
   since the request cannot be rejected if the body is not understood.
   Therefore, placement of bodies in ACK for non-2xx is NOT RECOMMENDED,
   but if done, the body types are restricted to any that appeared in
   the INVITE, assuming that the response to the INVITE was not 415. If
   it was, the body in the ACK MAY be any type listed in the Accept
   header field in the 415.

   For example, consider the following request:


   INVITE sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
   Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKkjshdyff
   To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>
   From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=88sja8x
   Max-Forwards: 70
   Call-ID: 987asjd97y7atg
   CSeq: 986759 INVITE




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 125]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002



   The ACK request for a non-2xx final response to this request would
   look like this:


   ACK sip:bob@biloxi.com SIP/2.0
   Via: SIP/2.0/UDP pc33.atlanta.com;branch=z9hG4bKkjshdyff
   To: Bob <sip:bob@biloxi.com>;tag=99sa0xk
   From: Alice <sip:alice@atlanta.com>;tag=88sja8x
   Max-Forwards: 70
   Call-ID: 987asjd97y7atg
   CSeq: 986759 ACK



17.1.2 Non-INVITE Client Transaction

17.1.2.1 Overview of the non-INVITE Transaction

   Non-INVITE transactions do not make use of ACK. They are simple
   request-response interactions. For unreliable transports, requests
   are retransmitted at an interval which starts at T1 and doubles until
   it hits T2. If a provisional response is received, retransmissions
   continue for unreliable transports, but at an interval of T2. The
   server transaction retransmits the last response it sent, which can



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 133]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   be a provisional or final response, only when a retransmission of the
   request is received. This is why request retransmissions need to
   continue even after a provisional response, they are to ensure
   reliable delivery of the final response.

   Unlike an INVITE transaction, a non-INVITE transaction has no special
   handling for the 2xx response. The result is that only a single 2xx
   response to a non-INVITE is ever delivered to a UAC.

17.1.2.2 Formal Description


   The state machine for the non-INVITE client transaction is shown in
   Figure 6. It is very similar to the state machine for INVITE.

   The "Trying" state is entered when the TU initiates a new client
   transaction with a request. When entering this state, the client
   transaction SHOULD set timer F to fire in 64*T1 seconds. The request
   MUST be passed to the transport layer for transmission. If an
   unreliable transport is in use, the client transaction MUST set timer
   E to fire in T1 seconds. If timer E fires while still in this state,
   the timer is reset, but this time with a value of MIN(2*T1, T2). When
   the timer fires again, it is reset to a MIN(4*T1, T2). This process
   continues so that retransmissions occur with an exponentially



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 126]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   increasing interval that caps at T2. The default value of T2 is 4s,
   and it represents the amount of time a non-INVITE server transaction
   will take to respond to a request, if it does not respond
   immediately. For the default values of T1 and T2, this results in
   intervals of 500 ms, 1 s, 2 s, 4 s, 4 s, 4 s, etc.

   If Timer F fires while the client transaction is still in the
   "Trying" state, the client transaction SHOULD inform the TU about the
   timeout, and then it SHOULD enter the "Terminated" state. If a
   provisional response is received while in the "Trying" state, the
   response MUST be passed to the TU, and then the client transaction
   SHOULD move to the "Proceeding" state. If a final response (status
   codes 200-699) is received while in the "Trying" state, the response
   MUST be passed to the TU, and the client transaction MUST transition
   to the "Completed" state.

   If Timer E fires while in the "Proceeding" state, the request MUST be
   passed to the transport layer for retransmission, and Timer E MUST be
   reset with a value of T2 seconds. If timer F fires while in the
   "Proceeding" state, the TU MUST be informed of a timeout, and the
   client transaction MUST transition to the terminated state. If a
   final response (status codes 200-699) is received while in the
   "Proceeding" state, the response MUST be passed to the TU, and the
   client transaction MUST transition to the "Completed" state.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 134]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   Once the client transaction enters the "Completed" state, it MUST set
   Timer K to fire in T4 seconds for unreliable transports, and zero
   seconds for reliable transports. The "Completed" state exists to
   buffer any additional response retransmissions that may be received
   (which is why the client transaction remains there only for
   unreliable transports). T4 represents the amount of time the network
   will take to clear messages between client and server transactions.
   The default value of T4 is 5s. A response is a retransmission when it
   matches the same transaction, using the rules specified in Section
   17.1.3. If Timer K fires while in this state, the client transaction
   MUST transition to the "Terminated" state.

   Once the transaction is in the terminated state, it MUST be
   destroyed.

17.1.3 Matching Responses to Client Transactions

   When the transport layer in the client receives a response, it has to
   determine which client transaction will handle the response, so that
   the processing of Sections 17.1.1 and 17.1.2 can take place.  The
   branch parameter in the top Via header field is used for this
   purpose. A response matches a client transaction under two
   conditions:

        1.   If the response has the same value of the branch parameter
             in the top Via header field as the branch parameter in the
             top Via header field of the request that created the
             transaction.

        2.   If the method parameter in the CSeq header field matches
             the method of the request that created the transaction. The
             method is needed since a CANCEL request constitutes a
             different transaction, but shares the same value of the
             branch parameter.

   A response that matches a transaction matched by a previous response
   is considered a retransmission of that response.

   If a request is sent via multicast, it is possible that it will
   generate multiple responses from different servers. These responses
   will all have the same branch parameter in the topmost Via, but vary
   in the To tag. The first response received, based on the rules above,
   will be used, and others will be viewed as retransmissions. That is
   not an error; multicast SIP provides only a rudimentary "single-hop-
   discovery-like" service that is limited to processing a single
   response. See Section 18.1.1 for details.

17.1.4 Handling Transport Errors



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 127] 135]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002




                                                                          
                              |Request from TU                           
                              |send request                               
          Timer E             V                                           
          send request  +-----------+                                     
              +---------|           |-------------------+                 
              |         |  Trying   |  Timer F          |                 
              +-------->|           |  or Transport Err.|                 
                        +-----------+  inform TU        |                 
           200-699         |  |                         |                 
           resp. to TU     |  |1xx                      |                 
           +---------------+  |resp. to TU              |                 
           |                  |                         |                 
           |   Timer E        V       Timer F           |                 
           |   send req +-----------+ or Transport Err. |                 
           |  +---------|           | inform TU         |                 
           |  |         |Proceeding |------------------>|                 
           |  +-------->|           |-----+             |                 
           |            +-----------+     |1xx          |                 
           |              |      ^        |resp to TU   |                 
           | 200-699      |      +--------+             |                 
           | resp. to TU  |                             |                 
           |              |                             |                 
           |              V                             |                 
           |            +-----------+                   |                 
           |            |           |                   |                 
           |            | Completed |                   |                 
           |            |           |                   |                 
           |            +-----------+                   |                 
           |              ^   |                         |                 
           |              |   | Timer K                 |                 
           +--------------+   | -                       |                 
                              |                         |                 
                              V                         |                 
        NOTE:           +-----------+                   |                 
                        |           |                   |                 
    transitions         | Terminated|<------------------+                 
    labeled with        |           |                                     
    the event           +-----------+                                     
    over the action                                                       
    to take                                                               
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          



   Figure 6: non-INVITE client transaction

J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 128] 136]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002


        1.   If the response has the same value of


   When the branch parameter
             in client transaction sends a request to the top Via header field as transport layer to
   be sent, the branch parameter in following procedures are followed if the
             top Via header field of transport layer
   indicates a failure.

   The client transaction SHOULD inform the request TU that created a transport failure
   has occurred, and the
             transaction.

        2.   If client transaction SHOULD transition directly
   to the method parameter in "Terminated" state. The TU will handle the CSeq header field matches failover mechanisms
   described in [4].

17.2 Server Transaction

   The server transaction is responsible for the method delivery of requests to
   the request that TU and the reliable transmission of responses. It accomplishes
   this through a state machine. Server transactions are created by the transaction. The
             method is needed since a CANCEL request constitutes a
             different transaction, but shares the same value of the
             branch parameter.

   A response that matches a transaction matched by a previous response
   is considered a retransmission of that response.

   If a request is sent via multicast, it is possible that it will
   generate multiple responses from different servers. These responses
   will all have the same branch parameter in the topmost Via, but vary
   in the To tag. The first response received, based on the rules above,
   will be used, and others will be viewed as retransmissions. That is
   not an error; multicast SIP provides only a rudimentary "single-hop-
   discovery-like" service that is limited to processing a single
   response. See Section 18.1.1 for details.

17.1.4 Handling Transport Errors

   When the client transaction sends a request to the transport layer to
   be sent, the following procedures are followed if the transport layer
   indicates a failure.

   The client transaction SHOULD inform the TU that a transport failure
   has occurred, and the client transaction SHOULD transition directly
   to the "Terminated" state.  The TU will handle the failover
   mechanisms described in [4].

17.2 Server Transaction

   The server transaction is responsible for the delivery of requests to
   the TU and the reliable transmission of responses. It accomplishes
   this through a state machine. Server transactions are created by the
   core when
   core when a request is received, and transaction handling is desired
   for that request (this is not always the case).

   As with the client transactions, the state machine depends on whether
   the received request is an INVITE request.

17.2.1 INVITE Server Transaction





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 129]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


   The state diagram for the INVITE server transaction is shown in
   Figure 7.

   When a server transaction is constructed with a request, it enters
   the "Proceeding" state. The server transaction MUST generate a 100
   (Trying) response unless it knows that the TU will generate a
   provisional or final response within 200 ms, in which case it MAY
   generate a 100 (Trying) response. This provisional response is needed
   to quench request retransmissions rapidly in order to avoid network
   congestion. The 100 (Trying) response is constructed according to the
   procedures in Section 8.2.6, except that the insertion of tags in the
   To header field of the response (when none was present in the
   request) is downgraded from MAY to SHOULD NOT. The request MUST be
   passed to the TU.

   The TU passes any number of provisional responses to the server
   transaction. So long as the server transaction is in the "Proceeding"
   state, each of these MUST be passed to the transport layer for
   transmission. They are not sent reliably by the transaction layer
   (they are not retransmitted by it) and do not cause a change in the
   state of the server transaction. If a request retransmission is
   received while in the "Proceeding" state, the most recent provisional
   response that was received from the TU MUST be passed to the
   transport layer for retransmission. A request is a retransmission if
   it matches the same server transaction based on the rules of Section



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 137]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   17.2.3.

   If, while in the "Proceeding" state, the TU passes a 2xx response to
   the server transaction, the server transaction MUST pass this
   response to the transport layer for transmission. It is not
   retransmitted by the server transaction; retransmissions of 2xx
   responses are handled by the TU. The server transaction MUST then
   transition to the "Terminated" state.

   While in the "Proceeding" state, if the TU passes a response with
   status code from 300 to 699 to the server transaction, the response
   MUST be passed to the transport layer for transmission, and the state
   machine MUST enter the "Completed" state. For unreliable transports,
   timer G is set to fire in T1 seconds, and is not set to fire for
   reliable transports.


        This is a change from RFC 2543, where responses were always
        retransmitted, even over reliable transports.

   When the "Completed" state is entered, timer H MUST be set to fire in
   64*T1 seconds for all transports. Timer H determines when the server
   transaction abandons retransmitting the response. Its value is chosen



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 130]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002




                                                                          
                                  |INVITE                                 
                                  |pass INV to TU                         
               INVITE             V send 100 if TU won't in 200ms         
               send response+-----------+                                 
                   +--------|           |--------+101-199 from TU         
                   |        | Proceeding|        |send response           
                   +------->|           |<-------+                        
                            |           |          Transport Err.         
                            |           |          Inform TU              
                            |           |--------------->+                
                            +-----------+                |                
               300-699 from TU |     |2xx from TU        |                
               send response   |     |send response      |                
                               |     +------------------>+                
                               |                         |                
               INVITE          V          Timer G fires  |                
               send response+-----------+ send response  |                
                   +--------|           |--------+       |                
                   |        | Completed |        |       |                
                   +------->|           |<-------+       |                
                            +-----------+                |                
                               |     |                   |                
                           ACK |     |                   |                
                           -   |     +------------------>+                
                               |        Timer H fires    |                
                               V        or Transport Err.|                
                            +-----------+  Inform TU     |                
                            |           |                |                
                            | Confirmed |                |                
                            |           |                |                
                            +-----------+                |                
                                  |                      |                
                                  |Timer I fires         |                
                                  |-                     |                
                                  |                      |                
                                  V                      |                
                            +-----------+                |                
                            |           |                |                
                            | Terminated|<---------------+                
                            |           |                                 
                            +-----------+                                 
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          



   Figure 7: INVITE server transaction

J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 131]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   to equal Timer B, the amount of time a client transaction will
   continue to retry sending a request. If timer G fires, the response
   is passed to the transport layer once more for retransmission, and
   timer G is set to fire in MIN(2*T1, T2) seconds. From then on, when
   timer G fires, the response is passed to the transport again for
   transmission, and timer G is reset with a value that doubles, unless
   that value exceeds T2, in which case it is reset with the value of
   T2. This is identical to the retransmit behavior for requests in the
   "Trying" state of the non-INVITE client transaction. Furthermore,
   while in the "Completed" state, if a request retransmission is
   received, the server SHOULD pass the response to the transport for
   retransmission.

   If an ACK is received while the server transaction is in the
   "Completed" state, the server transaction MUST transition to the
   "Confirmed" state. As Timer G is ignored in this state, any
   retransmissions of the response will cease.

   If timer H fires while in the "Completed" state, it implies that the
   ACK was never received. In this case, the server transaction MUST
   transition to the "Terminated" state, and MUST indicate to the TU
   that a transaction failure has occurred.

   The purpose of the "Confirmed" state is to absorb any additional ACK
   messages that arrive, triggered from retransmissions of the final



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 138]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002




                                                                          
                                  |INVITE                                 
                                  |pass INV to TU                         
               INVITE             V send 100 if TU won't in 200ms         
               send response+-----------+                                 
                   +--------|           |--------+101-199 from TU         
                   |        | Proceeding|        |send response           
                   +------->|           |<-------+                        
                            |           |          Transport Err.         
                            |           |          Inform TU              
                            |           |--------------->+                
                            +-----------+                |                
               300-699 from TU |     |2xx from TU        |                
               send response   |     |send response      |                
                               |     +------------------>+                
                               |                         |                
               INVITE          V          Timer G fires  |                
               send response+-----------+ send response  |                
                   +--------|           |--------+       |                
                   |        | Completed |        |       |                
                   +------->|           |<-------+       |                
                            +-----------+                |                
                               |     |                   |                
                           ACK |     |                   |                
                           -   |     +------------------>+                
                               |        Timer H fires    |                
                               V        or Transport Err.|                
                            +-----------+  Inform TU     |                
                            |           |                |                
                            | Confirmed |                |                
                            |           |                |                
                            +-----------+                |                
                                  |                      |                
                                  |Timer I fires         |                
                                  |-                     |                
                                  |                      |                
                                  V                      |                
                            +-----------+                |                
                            |           |                |                
                            | Terminated|<---------------+                
                            |           |                                 
                            +-----------+                                 
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          



   Figure 7: INVITE server transaction

J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 139]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   response. When this state is entered, timer I is set to fire in T4
   seconds for unreliable transports, and zero seconds for reliable
   transports. Once timer I fires, the server MUST transition to the
   "Terminated" state.

   Once the transaction is in the "Terminated" state, it MUST be
   destroyed. As with client transactions, this is needed to ensure
   reliability of the 2xx responses to INVITE.

17.2.2 Non-INVITE Server Transaction


   The state machine for the non-INVITE server transaction is shown in
   Figure 8.

   The state machine is initialized in the "Trying" state and is passed
   a request other than INVITE or ACK when initialized. This request is
   passed up to the TU. Once in the "Trying" state, any further request
   retransmissions are discarded. A request is a retransmission if it
   matches the same server transaction, using the rules specified in
   Section 17.2.3.

   While in the "Trying" state, if the TU passes a provisional response



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 132]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   to the server transaction, the server transaction MUST enter the
   "Proceeding" state. The response MUST be passed to the transport
   layer for transmission. Any further provisional responses that are
   received from the TU while in the "Proceeding" state MUST be passed
   to the transport layer for transmission. If a retransmission of the
   request is received while in the "Proceeding" state, the most
   recently sent provisional response MUST be passed to the transport
   layer for retransmission. If the TU passes a final response (status
   codes 200-699) to the server while in the "Proceeding" state, the
   transaction MUST enter the "Completed" state, and the response MUST
   be passed to the transport layer for transmission.

   When the server transaction enters the "Completed" state, it MUST set
   Timer J to fire in 64*T1 seconds for unreliable transports, and zero
   seconds for reliable transports. While in the "Completed" state, the
   server transaction MUST pass the final response to the transport
   layer for retransmission whenever a retransmission of the request is
   received. Any other final responses passed by the TU to the server
   transaction MUST be discarded while in the "Completed" state. The
   server transaction remains in this state until Timer J fires, at
   which point it MUST transition to the "Terminated" state.

   The server transaction MUST be destroyed the instant it enters the
   "Terminated" state.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 140]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


17.2.3 Matching Requests to Server Transactions

   When a request is received from the network by the server, it has to
   be matched to an existing transaction. This is accomplished in the
   following manner.

   The branch parameter in the topmost Via header field of the request
   is examined. If it is present and begins with the magic cookie
   "z9hG4bK", the request was generated by a client transaction
   compliant to this specification. Therefore, the branch parameter will
   be unique across all transactions sent by that client. The request
   matches a transaction if the branch parameter in the request is equal
   to the one in the top Via header field of the request that created
   the transaction, the sent-by value in the top Via of the request is
   equal to the one in the request that created the transaction, and in
   the case of a CANCEL request, the method of the request that created
   the transaction was also CANCEL. This matching rule applies to both
   INVITE and non-INVITE transactions alike.


        The sent-by value is used as part of the matching process
        because there could be accidental or malicious duplication
        of branch parameters from different clients.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 133]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002




                                                                          
                                  |Request received                       
                                  |pass to TU                             
                                  V                                       
                            +-----------+                                 
                            |           |                                 
                            | Trying    |-------------+                   
                            |           |             |                   
                            +-----------+             |200-699 from TU    
                                  |                   |send response      
                                  |1xx from TU        |                   
                                  |send response      |                   
                                  |                   |                   
               Request            V      1xx from TU  |                   
               send response+-----------+send response|                   
                   +--------|           |--------+    |                   
                   |        | Proceeding|        |    |                   
                   +------->|           |<-------+    |                   
            +<--------------|           |             |                   
            |Trnsprt Err    +-----------+             |                   
            |Inform TU            |                   |                   
            |                     |                   |                   
            |                     |200-699 from TU    |                   
            |                     |send response      |                   
            |  Request            V                   |                   
            |  send response+-----------+             |                   
            |      +--------|           |             |                   
            |      |        | Completed |<------------+                   
            |      +------->|           |                                 
            +<--------------|           |                                 
            |Trnsprt Err    +-----------+                                 
            |Inform TU            |                                       
            |                     |Timer J fires                          
            |                     |-                                      
            |                     |                                       
            |                     V                                       
            |               +-----------+                                 
            |               |           |                                 
            +-------------->| Terminated|                                 
                            |           |                                 
                            +-----------+                                 
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          



   Figure 8: non-INVITE server transaction

J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 134]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   If the branch parameter in the top Via header field is not present,
   or does not contain the magic cookie, the following procedures are
   used. These exist to handle backwards compatibility with RFC 2543
   compliant implementations.

   The INVITE request matches a transaction if the Request-URI, To tag,
   From tag, Call-ID, CSeq, and top Via header field match those of the
   INVITE request which created the transaction. In this case, the
   INVITE is a retransmission of the original one that created the
   transaction. The ACK request matches a transaction if the Request-
   URI, From tag, Call-ID, CSeq number (not the method), and top Via
   header field match those of the INVITE request which created the
   transaction, and the To tag of the ACK matches the To tag of the
   response sent by the server transaction. Matching is done based on
   the matching rules defined for each of those header fields. The usage Inclusion
   of the tag in the To header field in the ACK matching process helps
   disambiguate ACK for 2xx from ACK for other responses at a proxy,
   which may have forwarded both responses (which (This can occur in unusual conditions).
   conditions. Specifically, when a proxy forked a request, and then
   crashes, the responses may be delivered to another proxy, which might
   end up forwarding multiple responses upstream). An ACK request that
   matches an INVITE transaction matched by a previous ACK is considered
   a retransmission of that previous ACK.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 141]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002




                                                                          
                                  |Request received                       
                                  |pass to TU                             
                                  V                                       
                            +-----------+                                 
                            |           |                                 
                            | Trying    |-------------+                   
                            |           |             |                   
                            +-----------+             |200-699 from TU    
                                  |                   |send response      
                                  |1xx from TU        |                   
                                  |send response      |                   
                                  |                   |                   
               Request            V      1xx from TU  |                   
               send response+-----------+send response|                   
                   +--------|           |--------+    |                   
                   |        | Proceeding|        |    |                   
                   +------->|           |<-------+    |                   
            +<--------------|           |             |                   
            |Trnsprt Err    +-----------+             |                   
            |Inform TU            |                   |                   
            |                     |                   |                   
            |                     |200-699 from TU    |                   
            |                     |send response      |                   
            |  Request            V                   |                   
            |  send response+-----------+             |                   
            |      +--------|           |             |                   
            |      |        | Completed |<------------+                   
            |      +------->|           |                                 
            +<--------------|           |                                 
            |Trnsprt Err    +-----------+                                 
            |Inform TU            |                                       
            |                     |Timer J fires                          
            |                     |-                                      
            |                     |                                       
            |                     V                                       
            |               +-----------+                                 
            |               |           |                                 
            +-------------->| Terminated|                                 
                            |           |                                 
                            +-----------+                                 
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          



   Figure 8: non-INVITE server transaction

J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 142]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   For all other request methods, a request is matched to a transaction
   if the Request-URI, To tag, From tag, Call-ID Cseq (including the
   method), and top Via header field match those of the request that
   created the transaction. Matching is done based on the matching rules
   defined for each of those header fields.  When a non-INVITE request
   matches an existing transaction, it is a retransmission of the
   request that created that transaction.

   Because the matching rules include the Request-URI, the server cannot
   match a response to a transaction. When the TU passes a response to
   the server transaction, it must pass it to the specific server
   transaction for which the response is targeted.

17.2.4 Handling Transport Errors

   When the server transaction sends a response to the transport layer
   to be sent, the following procedures are followed if the transport
   layer indicates a failure.

   First, the procedures in [4] are followed, which attempt to deliver
   the response to a backup. If those should all fail, based on the
   definition of failure in [4], the server transaction SHOULD inform
   the TU that a failure has occurred, and SHOULD transition to the
   terminated state.

18 Transport




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 135]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   The transport layer is responsible for the actual transmission of
   requests and responses over network transports. This includes
   determination of the connection to use for a request or response in
   the case of connection-oriented transports.

   The transport layer is responsible for managing persistent
   connections for transport protocols like TCP and SCTP, or TLS over
   those, including ones opened to the transport layer. This includes
   connections opened by the client or server transports, so that
   connections are shared between client and server transport functions.
   These connections are indexed by the tuple formed from the address,
   port, and transport protocol at the far end of the connection. When a
   connection is opened by the transport layer, this index is set to the
   destination IP, port and transport.  When the connection is accepted
   by the transport layer, this index is set to the source IP address,
   port number, and transport.  Note that, because the source port is
   often ephemeral, but it cannot be known whether it is ephemeral or
   selected through procedures in [4], connections accepted by the
   transport layer will frequently not be reused. The result is that two
   proxies in a "peering" relationship using a connection-oriented
   transport frequently will have two connections in use, one for



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 143]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   transactions initiated in each direction.

   It is RECOMMENDED that connections be kept open for some
   implementation-defined duration after the last message was sent or
   received over that connection. This duration SHOULD at least equal
   the longest amount of time the element would need in order to bring a
   transaction from instantiation to the terminated state. This is to
   make it likely that transactions complete over the same connection on
   which they are initiated (for example, request, response, and in the
   case of INVITE, ACK for non-2xx responses). This usually means at
   least 64*T1 (see Section 17.1.1.1 for a definition of T1).  However,
   it could be larger in an element that has a TU using a large value
   for timer C (bullet 11 of Section 16.6), for example.

   All SIP elements MUST implement UDP and TCP. SIP elements MAY
   implement other protocols.


        Making TCP mandatory for the UA is a substantial change
        from RFC 2543. It has arisen out of the need to handle
        larger messages, which MUST use TCP, as discussed below.
        Thus, even if an element never sends large messages, it may
        receive one and needs to be able to handle them.

18.1 Clients

18.1.1 Sending Requests



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 136]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   The client side of the transport layer is responsible for sending the
   request and receiving responses. The user of the transport layer
   passes the client transport the request, an IP address, port,
   transport, and possibly TTL for multicast destinations.

   If a request is within 200 bytes of the path MTU, or if it is larger
   than 1300 bytes and the path MTU is unknown, the request MUST be sent
   using TCP. This prevents fragmentation of messages over UDP and
   provides congestion control for larger messages. However,
   implementations MUST be able to handle messages up to the maximum
   datagram packet size. For UDP, this size is 65,535 bytes, including
   IP and UDP headers.


        The 200 byte "buffer" between the message size and the MTU
        accommodates the fact that the response in SIP can be
        larger than the request. This happens due to the addition
        of Record-Route header field values to the responses to
        INVITE, for example. With the extra buffer, the response
        can be about 170 bytes larger than the request, and still



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 144]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        not be fragmented on IPv4 (about 30 bytes is consumed by
        IP/UDP, assuming no IPSec). 1300 is chosen when path MTU is
        not known, based on the assumption of a 1500 byte Ethernet
        MTU.

   If an element sends a request over TCP because of these message size
   constraints, and that request would have otherwise been sent over
   UDP, if the attempt to establish the connection generates either an
   ICMP Protocol Not Supported, or results in a TCP reset, the element
   SHOULD retry the request, using UDP. This is only to provide
   backwards compatibility with RFC 2543 compliant implementations that
   do not support UDP. It is anticipated that this behavior will be
   deprecated in a future revision of this specification.

   A client that sends a request to a multicast address MUST add the
   "maddr" parameter to its Via header field value containing the
   destination multicast address, and for IPv4, SHOULD add the "ttl"
   parameter with a value of 1. Usage of IPv6 multicast is not defined
   in this specification, and will be a subject of future
   standardization when the need arises.

   These rules result in a purposeful limitation of multicast in SIP.
   Its primary function is to provide an "single-hop-discovery-like"
   service, delivering a request to a group of homogeneous servers,
   where it is only required to process the response from any one of
   them.  This functionality is most useful for registrations.  In fact,
   based on the transaction processing rules in Section 17.1.3, the
   client transaction will accept the first response, and view any



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 137]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   others as retransmissions because they all contain the same Via
   branch identifier.

   Before a request is sent, the client transport MUST insert a value of
   the "sent-by" field into the Via header field. This field contains an
   IP address or host name, and port. The usage of an FQDN is
   RECOMMENDED. This field is used for sending responses under certain
   conditions, described below. If the port is absent, the default value
   depends on the transport. It is 5060 for UDP, TCP and SCTP, 5061 for
   TLS.

   For reliable transports, the response is normally sent on the
   connection on which the request was received. Therefore, the client
   transport MUST be prepared to receive the response on the same
   connection used to send the request. Under error conditions, the
   server may attempt to open a new connection to send the response. To
   handle this case, the transport layer MUST also be prepared to
   receive an incoming connection on the source IP address from which
   the request was sent and port number in the "sent-by" field. It also
   MUST be prepared to receive incoming connections on any address and



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 145]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   port that would be selected by a server based on the procedures
   described in Section 5 of [4].

   For unreliable unicast transports, the client transport MUST be
   prepared to receive responses on the source IP address from which the
   request is sent (as responses are sent back to the source address)
   and the port number in the "sent-by" field. Furthermore, as with
   reliable transports, in certain cases the response will be sent
   elsewhere. The client MUST be prepared to receive responses on any
   address and port that would be selected by a server based on the
   procedures described in Section 5 of [4].

   For multicast, the client transport MUST be prepared to receive
   responses on the same multicast group and port to which the request
   is sent (that is, it needs to be a member of the multicast group it
   sent the request to.)

   If a request is destined to an IP address, port, and transport to
   which an existing connection is open, it is RECOMMENDED that this
   connection be used to send the request, but another connection MAY be
   opened and used.

   If a request is sent using multicast, it is sent to the group
   address, port, and TTL provided by the transport user. If a request
   is sent using unicast unreliable transports, it is sent to the IP
   address and port provided by the transport user.

18.1.2 Receiving Responses



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 138]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   When a response is received, the client transport examines the top
   Via header field value. If the value of the "sent-by" parameter in
   that header field value does not correspond to a value that the
   client transport is configured to insert into requests, the response
   MUST be silently discarded.

   If there are any client transactions in existence, the client
   transport uses the matching procedures of Section 17.1.3 to attempt
   to match the response to an existing transaction. If there is a
   match, the response MUST be passed to that transaction. Otherwise,
   the response MUST be passed to the core (whether it be stateless
   proxy, stateful proxy, or UA) for further processing. Handling of
   these "stray" responses is dependent on the core (a proxy will
   forward them, while a UA will discard, for example).

18.2 Servers

18.2.1 Receiving Requests




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 146]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   A server SHOULD be prepared to received requests on any IP address,
   port and transport combination that can be the result of a DNS lookup
   on a SIP or SIPS URI [4] that is handed out for the purposes of
   communicating with that server. In this context, "handing out"
   includes placing a URI in a Contact header field in a REGISTER
   request or a any redirect response, or in a Record-Route header field
   in a request or response. A URI can also be "handed out" by placing
   it on a web page or business card. It is also RECOMMENDED that a
   server listen for requests on the default SIP ports (5060 for TCP and
   UDP, 5061 for TLS over TCP) on all public interfaces. The typical
   exception would be private networks, or when multiple server
   instances are running on the same host. For any port and interface
   that a server listens on for UDP, it MUST listen on that same port
   and interface for TCP. This is because a message may need to be sent
   using TCP, rather than UDP, if it is too large. As a result, the
   converse is not true. A server need not listen for UDP on a
   particular address and port just because it is listening on that same
   address and port for TCP. There may, of course, be other reasons why
   a server needs to listen for UDP on a particular address and port.

   When the server transport receives a request over any transport, it
   MUST examine the value of the "sent-by" parameter in the top Via
   header field value. If the host portion of the "sent-by" parameter
   contains a domain name, or if it contains an IP address that differs
   from the packet source address, the server MUST add a "received"
   parameter to that Via header field value. This parameter MUST contain
   the source address from which the packet was received. This is to
   assist the server transport layer in sending the response, since it
   must be sent to the source IP address from which the request came.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 139]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   Consider a request received by the server transport which looks like,
   in part:


     INVITE sip:bob@Biloxi.com SIP/2.0
     Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bobspc.biloxi.com:5060



   The request is received with a source IP address of 192.0.2.4. Before
   passing the request up, the transport adds a "received" parameter, so
   that the request would look like, in part:


     INVITE sip:bob@Biloxi.com SIP/2.0
     Via: SIP/2.0/UDP bobspc.biloxi.com:5060;received=192.0.2.4





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 147]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   Next, the server transport attempts to match the request to a server
   transaction. It does so using the matching rules described in Section
   17.2.3.  If a matching server transaction is found, the request is
   passed to that transaction for processing. If no match is found, the
   request is passed to the core, which may decide to construct a new
   server transaction for that request. Note that when a UAS core sends
   a 2xx response to INVITE, the server transaction is destroyed. This
   means that when the ACK arrives, there will be no matching server
   transaction, and based on this rule, the ACK is passed to the UAS
   core, where it is processed.

18.2.2 Sending Responses

   The server transport uses the value of the top Via header field in
   order to determine where to send a response. It MUST follow the
   following process:

        o If the "sent-protocol" is a reliable transport protocol such
          as TCP or SCTP, or TLS over those, the response MUST be sent
          using the existing connection to the source of the original
          request that created the transaction, if that connection is
          still open. This requires the server transport to maintain an
          association between server transactions and transport
          connections. If that connection is no longer open, the server
          SHOULD open a connection to the IP address in the "received"
          parameter, if present, using the port in the "sent-by" value,
          or the default port for that transport, if no port is
          specified. If that connection attempt fails, the server SHOULD
          use the procedures in [4] for servers in order to



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 140]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002 determine
          the IP address and port to open the connection and send the
          response to.

        o Otherwise, if the Via header field value contains a "maddr"
          parameter, the response MUST be forwarded to the address
          listed there, using the port indicated in "sent-by", or port
          5060 if none is present. If the address is a multicast
          address, the response SHOULD be sent using the TTL indicated
          in the "ttl" parameter, or with a TTL of 1 if that parameter
          is not present.

        o Otherwise (for unreliable unicast transports), if the top Via
          has a "received" parameter, the response MUST be sent to the
          address in the "received" parameter, using the port indicated
          in the "sent-by" value, or using port 5060 if none is
          specified explicitly. If this fails, for example, elicits an
          ICMP "port unreachable" response, the procedures of Section 5
          of [4] SHOULD be used to determine where to send the response.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 148]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        o Otherwise, if it is not receiver-tagged, the response MUST be
          sent to the address indicated by the "sent-by" value, using
          the procedures in Section 5 of [4].

18.3 Framing

   In the case of message-oriented transports (such as UDP), if the
   message has a Content-Length header field, the message body is
   assumed to contain that many bytes. If there are additional bytes in
   the transport packet beyond the end of the body, they MUST be
   discarded. If the transport packet ends before the end of the message
   body, this is considered an error. If the message is a response, it
   MUST be discarded. If the message is a request, the element SHOULD
   generate a 400 (Bad Request) response.  If the message has no
   Content-Length header field, the message body is assumed to end at
   the end of the transport packet.

   In the case of stream-oriented transports such as TCP, the Content-
   Length header field indicates the size of the body. The Content-
   Length header field MUST be used with stream oriented transports.

18.4 Error Handling

   Error handling is independent of whether the message was a request or
   response.

   If the transport user asks for a message to be sent over an
   unreliable transport, and the result is an ICMP error, the behavior
   depends on the type of ICMP error. Host, network, port or protocol



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 141]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   unreachable errors, or parameter problem errors SHOULD cause the
   transport layer to inform the transport user of a failure in sending.
   Source quench and TTL exceeded ICMP errors SHOULD be ignored.

   If the transport user asks for a request to be sent over a reliable
   transport, and the result is a connection failure, the transport
   layer SHOULD inform the transport user of a failure in sending.

19 Common Message Components

   There are certain components of SIP messages that appear in various
   places within SIP messages (and sometimes, outside of them) that
   merit separate discussion.

19.1 SIP and SIPS Uniform Resource Indicators

   A SIP or SIPS URI identifies a communications resource. Like all
   URIs, SIP and SIPS URIs may be placed in web pages, email messages,
   or printed literature. They contain sufficient information to



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 149]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   initiate and maintain a communication session with the resource.

   Examples of communications resources include the following:

        o a user of an online service

        o an appearance on a multi-line phone

        o a mailbox on a messaging system

        o a PSTN number at a gateway service

        o a group (such as "sales" or "helpdesk") in an organization

   A SIPS URI specifies that the resource be contacted securely. This
   means, in particular, that TLS is to be used between the UAC and the
   domain that owns the URI. From there, secure communications are used
   to reach the user, where the specific security mechanism depends on
   the policy of the domain. Any resource described by a SIP URI can be
   "upgraded" to a SIPS URI by just changing the scheme, if it is
   desired to communicate with that resource securely.

19.1.1 SIP and SIPS URI Components

   The "sip:" and "sips:" schemes follow the guidelines in RFC 2396 [5].
   They use a form similar to the mailto URL, allowing the specification
   of SIP request-header fields and the SIP message-body. This makes it
   possible to specify the subject, media type, or urgency of sessions
   initiated by using a URI on a web page or in an email message.  The



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 142]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   formal syntax for a SIP or SIPS URI is presented in Section 25. Its
   general form, in the case of a SIP URI, is
            sip:user:password@host:port;uri-parameters?headers

   The format for a SIPS URI is the same, except that the scheme is
   "sips" instead of sip. These tokens, and some of the tokens in their
   expansions, have the following meanings:

        user: The identifier of a particular resource at the host being
             addressed. The term "host" in this context frequently
             refers to a domain. The "userinfo" of a URI consists of
             this user field, the password field, and the @ sign
             following them. The userinfo part of a URI is optional and
             MAY be absent when the destination host does not have a
             notion of users or when the host itself is the resource
             being identified. If the @ sign is present in a SIP or SIPS
             URI, the user field MUST NOT be empty.

             If the host being addressed can process telephone numbers,



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 150]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             for instance, an Internet telephony gateway, a telephone-
             subscriber field defined in RFC 2806 [9] MAY be used to
             populate the user field. There are special escaping rules
             for encoding telephone-subscriber fields in SIP and SIPS
             URIs described in Section 19.1.2.

        password: A password associated with the user.  While the SIP
             and SIPS URI syntax allows this field to be present, its
             use is NOT RECOMMENDED, because the passing of
             authentication information in clear text (such as URIs) has
             proven to be a security risk in almost every case where it
             has been used. For instance, transporting a PIN number in
             this field exposes the PIN.

             Note that the password field is just an extension of user
             portion.  Implementations not wishing to give special
             significance to the password portion of the field MAY
             simply treat "user:password" as a single string.

        host: The host providing the SIP resource. The host part
             contains either a fully-qualified domain name or numeric
             IPv4 or IPv6 address. Using the fully-qualified domain name
             form is RECOMMENDED whenever possible.

        port: The port number where the request is to be sent.

        URI parameters: Parameters affecting a request constructed from
             the URI.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 143]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

             URI parameters are added after the hostport component and
             are separated by semi-colons.

             URI parameters take the form:
                         parameter-name "=" parameter-value
             Even though an arbitrary number of URI parameters may be
             included in a URI, any given parameter-name MUST NOT appear
             more than once.

             This extensible mechanism includes the transport, maddr,
             ttl, user, method and lr parameters.

             The transport parameter determines the transport mechanism
             to be used for sending SIP messages, as specified in [4].
             SIP can use any network transport protocol. Parameter names
             are defined for UDP (RFC 768 [14]), TCP (RFC 761 [15]), and
             SCTP (RFC 2960 [16]). For a SIPS URI, the transport
             parameter MUST indicate a reliable transport.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 151]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             The maddr parameter indicates the server address to be
             contacted for this user, overriding any address derived
             from the host field. When an maddr parameter is present,
             the port and transport components of the URI apply to the
             address indicated in the maddr parameter value.  [4]
             describes the proper interpretation of the transport,
             maddr, and hostport in order to obtain the destination
             address, port, and transport for sending a request.


             The maddr field has been used as a simple form of
             loose source routing. It allows a URI to specify a
             proxy that must be traversed en-route to the
             destination. Continuing to use the maddr parameter
             this way is strongly discouraged (the mechanisms that
             enable it are deprecated). Implementations should
             instead use the Route mechanism described in this
             document, establishing a pre-existing route set if
             necessary (see Section 8.1.1.1).  This provides a full
             URI to describe the node to be traversed.

             The ttl parameter determines the time-to-live value of the
             UDP multicast packet and MUST only be used if maddr is a
             multicast address and the transport protocol is UDP. For
             example, to specify to call alice@atlanta.com using
             multicast to 239.255.255.1 with a ttl of 15, the following
             URI would be used:





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 144]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


               sip:alice@atlanta.com;maddr=239.255.255.1;ttl=15



             The set of valid telephone-subscriber strings is a subset
             of valid user strings. The user URI parameter exists to
             distinguish telephone numbers from user names that happen
             to look like telephone numbers.  If the user string
             contains a telephone number formatted as a telephone-
             subscriber, the user parameter value "phone" SHOULD be
             present. Even without this parameter, recipients of SIP and
             SIPS URIs MAY interpret the pre-@ part as a telephone
             number if local restrictions on the name space for user
             name allow it.

             The method of the SIP request constructed from the URI can
             be specified with the method parameter.

             The lr parameter, when present, indicates that the element



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 152]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             responsible for this resource implements the routing
             mechanisms specified in this document. This parameter will
             be used in the URIs proxies place into Record-Route header
             field values, and may appear in the URIs in a pre-existing
             route set.

             This parameter is used to achieve backwards
             compatibility with systems implementing the strict-
             routing mechanisms of RFC 2543 and the rfc2543bis
             drafts up to bis-05. An element preparing to send a
             request based on a URI not containing this parameter
             can assume the receiving element implements strict-
             routing and reformat the message to preserve the
             information in the Request-URI.

             Since the uri-parameter mechanism is extensible, SIP
             elements MUST silently ignore any uri-parameters that they
             do not understand.

        Headers: Header fields to be included in a request constructed
             from the URI.

             Headers fields in the SIP request can be specified with the
             "?" mechanism within a URI. The header names and values are
             encoded in ampersand separated hname = hvalue pairs. The
             special hname "body" indicates that the associated hvalue
             is the message-body of the SIP request.

   Table 1 summarizes the use of SIP and SIPS URI components based on



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 145]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   the context in which the URI appears. The external column describes
   URIs appearing anywhere outside of a SIP message, for instance on a
   web page or business card. Entries marked "m" are mandatory, those
   marked "o" are optional, and those marked "-" are not allowed.
   Elements processing URIs SHOULD ignore any disallowed components if
   they are present. The second column indicates the default value of an
   optional element if it is not present. "--" indicates that the
   element is either not optional, or has no default value.

   URIs in Contact header fields have different restrictions depending
   on the context in which the header field appears. One set applies to
   messages that establish and maintain dialogs (INVITE and its 200 (OK)
   response). The other applies to registration and redirection messages
   (REGISTER, its 200 (OK) response, and 3xx class responses to any
   method).


19.1.2 Character Escaping Requirements




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 153]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002



                                                             dialog
                                               reg./redir.  Contact/
                  default  Req.-URI  To  From    Contact    R-R/Route  external
   user           --          o      o    o         o           o         o
   password       --          o      o    o         o           o         o
   host           --          m      m    m         m           m         m
   port           (1)         o      -    -         o           o         o
   user-param     ip          o      o    o         o           o         o
   method         INVITE      -      -    -         -           -         o
   maddr-param    --          o      -    -         o           o         o
   ttl-param      1           o      -    -         o           -         o
   transp.-param  (2)         o      -    -         o           o         o
   lr-param       --          o      -    -         -           o         o
   other-param    --          o      o    o         o           o         o
   headers        --          -      -    -         o           -         o


   (1): The default port value is transport and scheme  dependent.   The
   default  is  5060  for  sip: using UDP, TCP, or SCTP.  The default is
   5061 for sip: using TLS over TCP and sips: over TCP.

   (2): The default transport is scheme dependent. For sip:, it is  UDP.
   For sips:, it is TCP.

   Table 1: Use and default values of  URI  components  for  SIP  header
   field values, Request-URI and references


19.1.2 Character Escaping Requirements

   SIP follows the requirements and guidelines of RFC 2396 [5] when



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 146]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   defining the set of characters that must be escaped in a SIP URI, and
   uses its ""%" HEX HEX" mechanism for escaping. From RFC 2396 [5]:


        The set of characters actually reserved within any given
        URI component is defined by that component. In general, a
        character is reserved if the semantics of the URI changes
        if the character is replaced with its escaped US-ASCII
        encoding. [5].  Excluded US-ASCII characters (RFC 2396
        [5]), such as space and control characters and characters
        used as URI delimiters, also MUST be escaped. URIs MUST NOT
        contain unescaped space and control characters.

   For each component, the set of valid BNF expansions defines exactly
   which characters may appear unescaped. All other characters MUST be
   escaped.

   For example, "@" is not in the set of characters in the user
   component, so the user "j@s0n" must have at least the @ sign encoded,



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 154]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   as in "j%40s0n".

   Expanding the hname and hvalue tokens in Section 25 show that all URI
   reserved characters in header field names and values MUST be escaped.

   The telephone-subscriber subset of the user component has special
   escaping considerations. The set of characters not reserved in the
   RFC 2806 [9] description of telephone-subscriber contains a number of
   characters in various syntax elements that need to be escaped when
   used in SIP URIs. Any characters occurring in a telephone-subscriber
   that do not appear in an expansion of the BNF for the user rule MUST
   be escaped.

   Note that character escaping is not allowed in the host component of
   a SIP or SIPS URI (the % character is not valid in its expansion).
   This is likely to change in the future as requirements for
   Internationalized Domain Names are finalized. Current implementations
   MUST NOT attempt to improve robustness by treating received escaped
   characters in the host component as literally equivalent to their
   unescaped counterpart.  The behavior required to meet the
   requirements of IDN may be significantly different.

19.1.3 Example SIP and SIPS URIs


     sip:alice@atlanta.com
     sip:alice:secretword@atlanta.com;transport=tcp
     sips:alice@atlanta.com?subject=project%20x&priority=urgent
     sip:+1-212-555-1212:1234@gateway.com;user=phone



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 147]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
     sips:1212@gateway.com
     sip:alice@192.0.2.4
     sip:atlanta.com;method=REGISTER?to=alice%40atlanta.com
     sip:alice;day=tuesday@atlanta.com



   The last sample URI above has a user field value of
   "alice;day=tuesday". The escaping rules defined above allow a
   semicolon to appear unescaped in this field. For the purposes of this
   protocol, the field is opaque. The structure of that value is only
   useful to the SIP element responsible for the resource.

19.1.4 URI Comparison

   Some operations in this specification require determining whether two
   SIP or SIPS URIs are equivalent. In this specification, registrars
   need to compare bindings in Contact URIs in REGISTER requests (see
   Section 10.3.)  SIP and SIPS URIs are compared for equality according



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 155]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   to the following rules:

        o A SIP and SIPS URI are never equivalent.

        o Comparison of the userinfo of SIP and SIPS URIs is case-
          sensitive.  This includes userinfo containing passwords or
          formatted as telephone-subscribers. Comparison of all other
          components of the URI is case-insensitive unless explicitly
          defined otherwise.

        o The ordering of parameters and header fields is not
          significant in comparing SIP and SIPS URIs.

        o Characters other than those in the "reserved" and "unsafe"
          sets (see RFC 2396 [5]) are equivalent to their ""%" HEX HEX"
          encoding.

        o An IP address that is the result of a DNS lookup of a host
          name does not match that host name.

        o For two URIs to be equal, the user, password, host, and port
          components must match.

          A URI omitting the user component will not match a URI that
          includes one. A URI omitting the password component will not
          match a URI that includes one.

          A URI omitting any component with a default value will not
          match a URI explicitly containing that component with its



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 148]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
          default value.  For instance, a URI omitting the optional port
          component will not match a URI explicitly declaring port 5060.
          The same is true for the transport-parameter, ttl-parameter,
          user-parameter, and method components.


             Defining sip:user@host to not be equivalent to
             sip:user@host:5060 is a change from RFC 2543. When
             deriving addresses from URIs, equivalent addresses are
             expected from equivalent URIs.  The URI
             sip:user@host:5060 will always resolve to port 5060.
             The URI sip:user@host may resolve to other ports
             through the DNS SRV mechanisms detailed in [4].

        o URI uri-parameter components are compared as follows

          - Any uri-parameter appearing in both URIs must match.

          - A user, ttl, or method uri-parameter appearing in only one



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 156]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


            URI never matches, even if it contains the default value.

          - A URI that includes an maddr parameter will not match a URI
            that contains no maddr parameter.

          - All other uri-parameters appearing in only one URI are
            ignored when comparing the URIs.

        o URI header components are never ignored. Any present header
          component MUST be present in both URIs and match for the URIs
          to match. The matching rules are defined for each header field
          in Section 20.

   The URIs within each of the following sets are equivalent:


   sip:%61lice@atlanta.com;transport=TCP
   sip:alice@AtLanTa.CoM;Transport=tcp




   sip:carol@chicago.com
   sip:carol@chicago.com;newparam=5
   sip:carol@chicago.com;security=on







J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 149]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002




   sip:biloxi.com;transport=tcp;method=REGISTER?to=sip:bob%40biloxi.com
   sip:biloxi.com;method=REGISTER;transport=tcp?to=sip:bob%40biloxi.com




   sip:alice@atlanta.com?subject=project%20x&priority=urgent
   sip:alice@atlanta.com?priority=urgent&subject=project%20x



   The URIs within each of the following sets are not equivalent:


   SIP:ALICE@AtLanTa.CoM;Transport=udp               (different usernames)
   sip:alice@AtLanTa.CoM;Transport=UDP






J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 157]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   sip:bob@biloxi.com                     (can resolve to different ports)
   sip:bob@biloxi.com:5060




   sip:bob@biloxi.com                (can resolve to different transports)
   sip:bob@biloxi.com;transport=udp




   sip:bob@biloxi.com       (can resolve to different port and transports)
   sip:bob@biloxi.com:6000;transport=tcp




   sip:carol@chicago.com                      (different header component)
   sip:carol@chicago.com?Subject=next%20meeting




   sip:bob@phone21.boxesbybob.com      (even though that's what
   sip:bob@192.0.2.4                    phone21.boxesbybob.com resolves to)





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 150]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002



   Note that equality is not transitive:

        o sip:carol@chicago.com and sip:carol@chicago.com;security=on
          are equivalent

        o sip:carol@chicago.com and sip:carol@chicago.com;security=off
          are equivalent

        o sip:carol@chicago.com;security=on and
          sip:carol@chicago.com;security=off are not equivalent

19.1.5 Forming Requests from a URI

   An implementation needs to take care when forming requests directly
   from a URI. URIs from business cards, web pages, and even from
   sources inside the protocol such as registered contacts may contain
   inappropriate header fields or body parts.

   An implementation MUST include any provided transport, maddr, ttl, or



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 158]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   user parameter in the Request-URI of the formed request. If the URI
   contains a method parameter, its value MUST be used as the method of
   the request. The method parameter MUST NOT be placed in the Request-
   URI. Unknown URI parameters MUST be placed in the message's Request-
   URI.

   An implementation SHOULD treat the presence of any headers or body
   parts in the URI as a desire to include them in the message, and
   choose to honor the request on a per-component basis.

   An implementation SHOULD NOT honor these obviously dangerous header
   fields: From, Call-ID, CSeq, Via, and Record-Route.

   An implementation SHOULD NOT honor any requested Route header field
   values in order to not be used as an unwitting agent in malicious
   attacks.

   An implementation SHOULD NOT honor requests to include header fields
   that may cause it to falsely advertise its location or capabilities.
   These include: Accept, Accept-Encoding, Accept-Language, Allow,
   Contact (in its dialog usage), Organization, Supported, and User-
   Agent.

   An implementation SHOULD verify the accuracy of any requested
   descriptive header fields, including: Content-Disposition, Content-
   Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Length, Content-Type, Date,
   Mime-Version, and Timestamp.

   If the request formed from constructing a message from a given URI is



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 151]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   not a valid SIP request, the URI is invalid. An implementation MUST
   NOT proceed with transmitting the request. It should instead pursue
   the course of action due an invalid URI in the context it occurs.


        The constructed request can be invalid in many ways. These
        include, but are not limited to, syntax error in header
        fields, invalid combinations of URI parameters, or an
        incorrect description of the message body.

   Sending a request formed from a given URI may require capabilities
   unavailable to the implementation. The URI might indicate use of an
   unimplemented transport or extension, for example. An implementation
   SHOULD refuse to send these requests rather than modifying them to
   match their capabilities. An implementation MUST NOT send a request
   requiring an extension that it does not support.


        For example, such a request can be formed through the



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 159]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        presence of a Require header parameter or a method URI
        parameter with an unknown or explicitly unsupported value.

19.1.6 Relating SIP URIs and tel URLs

   When a tel URL (RFC 2806 [9]) is converted to a SIP or SIPS URI, the
   entire telephone-subscriber portion of the tel URL, including any
   parameters, is placed into the userinfo part of the SIP or SIPS URI.

   Thus, tel:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22 becomes

     sip:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22@foo.com;user=phone
   or
     sips:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22@foo.com;user=phone


   not

     sip:+358-555-1234567@foo.com;postd=pp22;user=phone
   or
     sips:+358-555-1234567@foo.com;postd=pp22;user=phone



   In general, equivalent "tel" URLs converted to SIP or SIPS URIs in
   this fashion may not produce equivalent SIP or SIPS URIs. The
   userinfo of SIP and SIPS URIs are compared as a case-sensitive
   string. Variance in case-insensitive portions of tel URLs and
   reordering of tel URL parameters does not affect tel URL equivalence,



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 152]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   but does affect the equivalence of SIP URIs formed from them.

   For example,

     tel:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22
     tel:+358-555-1234567;POSTD=PP22


   are equivalent, while

     sip:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22@foo.com;user=phone
     sip:+358-555-1234567;POSTD=PP22@foo.com;user=phone


   are not.

   Likewise,

     tel:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22;isub=1411



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 160]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


     tel:+358-555-1234567;isub=1411;postd=pp22


   are equivalent, while

     sip:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22;isub=1411@foo.com;user=phone
     sip:+358-555-1234567;isub=1411;postd=pp22@foo.com;user=phone


   are not.

   To mitigate this problem, elements constructing telephone-subscriber
   fields to place in the userinfo part of a SIP or SIPS URI SHOULD fold
   any case-insensitive portion of telephone-subscriber to lower case,
   and order the telephone-subscriber parameters lexically by parameter
   name.  (All components of a tel URL except for future-extension
   parameters are defined to be compared case-insensitive.)

   Following this suggestion, both

     tel:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22
     tel:+358-555-1234567;POSTD=PP22


   become

     sip:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22@foo.com;user=phone





J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 153]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


   and both

     tel:+358-555-1234567;postd=pp22;isub=1411
     tel:+358-555-1234567;isub=1411;postd=pp22


   become

     sip:+358-555-1234567;isub=1411;postd=pp22;user=phone



19.2 Option Tags

   Option tags are unique identifiers used to designate new options
   (extensions) in SIP. These tags are used in Require (Section 20.32),
   Proxy-Require (Section 20.29), Supported (Section 20.37) and
   Unsupported (Section 20.40) header fields. Note that these options
   appear as parameters in those header fields in an  option-tag = token



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 161]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   form (see Section 25 for the definition of token).

   Option tags are defined in standards track RFCs. This is a change
   from past practice, and is instituted to ensure continuing multi-
   vendor interoperability (see discussion in Section 20.32 and Section
   20.37). An IANA registry of option tags is used to ensure easy
   reference.

19.3 Tags

   The "tag" parameter is used in the To and From header fields of SIP
   messages. It serves as a general mechanism to identify a dialog,
   which is the combination of the Call-ID along with two tags, one from
   each participant in the dialog. When a UA sends a request outside of
   a dialog, it contains a From tag only, providing "half" of the dialog
   ID. The dialog is completed from the response(s), each of which
   contributes the second half in the To header field. The forking of
   SIP requests means that multiple dialogs can be established from a
   single request. This also explains the need for the two-sided dialog
   identifier; without a contribution from the recipients, the
   originator could not disambiguate the multiple dialogs established
   from a single request.

   When a tag is generated by a UA for insertion into a request or
   response, it MUST be globally unique and cryptographically random
   with at least 32 bits of randomness. A property of this selection
   requirement is that a UA will place a different tag into the From
   header of an INVITE as it would place into the To header of the
   response to the same INVITE. This is needed in order for a UA to



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 154]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002
   invite itself to a session, a common case for "hairpinning" of calls
   in PSTN gateways. Similarly, two INVITEs for different calls will
   have different From tags, and two responses for different calls will
   have different To tags.

   Besides the requirement for global uniqueness, the algorithm for
   generating a tag is implementation-specific. Tags are helpful in
   fault tolerant systems, where a dialog is to be recovered on an
   alternate server after a failure. A UAS can select the tag in such a
   way that a backup can recognize a request as part of a dialog on the
   failed server, and therefore determine that it should attempt to
   recover the dialog and any other state associated with it.

20 Header Fields

   The general syntax for header fields is covered in Section 7.3. This
   section lists the full set of header fields along with notes on
   syntax, meaning, and usage.  Throughout this section, we use [HX.Y]
   to refer to Section X.Y of the current HTTP/1.1 specification RFC



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 162]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   2616 [8]. Examples of each header field are given.

   Information about header fields in relation to methods and proxy
   processing is summarized in Tables 2 and 3.

   The "where" column describes the request and response types in which
   the header field can be used. Values in this column are:

        R: header field may only appear in requests;

        r: header field may only appear in responses;

        2xx, 4xx, etc.: A numerical value or range indicates response
             codes with which the header field can be used;

        c: header field is copied from the request to the response.

        An empty entry in the "where" column indicates that the header
             field may be present in all requests and responses.

   The "proxy" column describes the operations a proxy may perform on a
   header field:

        a: A proxy can add or concatenate the header field if not
             present.

        m: A proxy can modify an existing header field value.

        d: A proxy can delete a header field value.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 155]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002 proxy can delete a header field value.

        r: A proxy must be able to read the header field, and thus this
             header field cannot be encrypted.

   The next six columns relate to the presence of a header field in a
   method:

        c: Conditional; requirements on the header field depend on the
             context of the message.

        m: The header field is mandatory.

        m*: The header field SHOULD be sent, but clients/servers need to
             be prepared to receive messages without that header field.

        o: The header field is optional.

        t: The header field SHOULD be sent, but clients/servers need to
             be prepared to receive messages without that header field.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 163]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


             If a stream-based protocol (such as TCP) is used as a
             transport, then the header field MUST be sent.

        *: The header field is required if the message body is not
             empty. See sections 20.14, 20.15 and 7.4 for details.

        -: The header field is not applicable.

   "Optional" means that a UA MAY include the header field in a request
   or response, and a UA MAY ignore the header field if present in the
   request or response (The exception to this rule is the Require header
   field discussed in 20.32). A "mandatory" header field MUST be present
   in a request, and MUST be understood by the UAS receiving the
   request. A mandatory response header field MUST be present in the
   response, and the header field MUST be understood by the UAC
   processing the response. "Not applicable" means that the header field
   MUST NOT be present in a request. If one is placed in a request by
   mistake, it MUST be ignored by the UAS receiving the request.
   Similarly, a header field labeled "not applicable" for a response
   means that the UAS MUST NOT place the header field in the response,
   and the UAC MUST ignore the header field in the response.

   A UA SHOULD ignore extension header parameters that are not
   understood.



   A compact form of some common header field names is also defined for
   use when overall message size is an issue.

   The Contact, From, and To header fields contain a URI. If the URI
   contains a comma, question mark or semicolon, the URI MUST be
   enclosed in angle brackets (< and >). Any URI parameters are
   contained within these brackets. If the URI is not enclosed in angle
   brackets, any semicolon-delimited parameters are header-parameters,
   not URI parameters.

20.1 Accept

   The Accept header field follows the syntax defined in [H14.1]. The
   semantics are also identical, with the exception that if no Accept
   header field is present, the server SHOULD assume a default value of
   application/sdp

   An empty Accept header field means that no formats are acceptable.

   Example:




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 156] 164]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002



        Header field          where   proxy ACK BYE CAN INV OPT REG
        ___________________________________________________________
        Accept                  R            -   o   -   o   m*  o
        Accept                 2xx           -   -   -   o   m*  o
        Accept                 415           -   c   -   c   c   c
        Accept-Encoding         R            -   o   -   o   o   o
        Accept-Encoding        2xx           -   -   -   o   m*  o
        Accept-Encoding        415           -   c   -   c   c   c
        Accept-Language         R            -   o   -   o   o   o
        Accept-Language        2xx           -   -   -   o   m*  o
        Accept-Language        415           -   c   -   c   c   c
        Alert-Info              R      ar    -   -   -   o   -   -
        Alert-Info             180     ar    -   -   -   o   -   -
        Allow                   R            -   o   -   o   o   o
        Allow                  2xx           -   o   -   m*  m*  o
        Allow                   r            -   o   -   o   o   o
        Allow                  405           -   m   -   m   m   m
        Authentication-Info    2xx           -   o   -   o   o   o
        Authorization           R            o   o   o   o   o   o
        Call-ID                 c       r    m   m   m   m   m   m
        Call-Info                      ar    -   -   -   o   o   o
        Contact                 R            o   -   -   m   o   o
        Contact                1xx           -   -   -   o   -   -
        Contact                2xx           -   -   -   m   o   o
        Contact                3xx      d    -   o   -   o   o   o
        Contact                485           -   o   -   o   o   o
        Content-Disposition                  o   o   -   o   o   o
        Content-Encoding                     o   o   -   o   o   o
        Content-Language                     o   o   -   o   o   o
        Content-Length                 ar    t   t   t   t   t   t
        Content-Type                         *   *   -   *   *   *
        CSeq                    c       r    m   m   m   m   m   m
        Date                            a    o   o   o   o   o   o
        Error-Info           300-699    a    -   o   o   o   o   o
        Expires                              -   -   -   o   -   o
        From                    c       r    m   m   m   m   m   m
        In-Reply-To             R            -   -   -   o   -   -
        Max-Forwards            R      amr   m   m   m   m   m   m
        Min-Expires            423           -   -   -   -   -   m
        MIME-Version                         o   o   -   o   o   o
        Organization                   ar    -   -   -   o   o   o


   Table 2: Summary of header fields, A--O






J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 157] 165]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 27, 2002



    Header field              where       proxy ACK BYE CAN INV OPT REG
    ___________________________________________________________________
    Priority                    R          ar    -   -   -   o   -   -
    Proxy-Authenticate         407         ar    -   m   -   m   m   m
    Proxy-Authenticate         401         ar    -   o   o   o   o   o
    Proxy-Authorization         R          dr    o   o   -   o   o   o
    Proxy-Require               R          ar    -   o   -   o   o   o
    Record-Route                R          ar    o   o   o   o   o   -
    Record-Route             2xx,18x       mr    -   o   o   o   o   -
    Reply-To                                     -   -   -   o   -   -
    Require                                ar    -   c   -   c   c   c
    Retry-After          404,413,480,486         -   o   o   o   o   o
                             500,503             -   o   o   o   o   o
                             600,603             -   o   o   o   o   o
    Route                       R          adr   c   c   c   c   c   c
    Server                      r                -   o   o   o   o   o
    Subject                     R                -   -   -   o   -   -
    Supported                   R                -   o   o   m*  o   o
    Supported                  2xx               -   o   o   m*  m*  o
    Timestamp                                    o   o   o   o   o   o
    To                        c(1)          r    m   m   m   m   m   m
    Unsupported                420               -   m   -   m   m   m
    User-Agent                                   o   o   o   o   o   o
    Via                         R          amr   m   m   m   m   m   m
    Via                        rc          dr    m   m   m   m   m   m
    Warning                     r                -   o   o   o   o   o
    WWW-Authenticate           401         ar    -   m   -   m   m   m
    WWW-Authenticate           407         ar    -   o   -   o   o   o


   Table 3: Summary of header fields, P--Z; (1):  copied  with  possible
   addition of tag

   The Contact, From, and To header fields contain a URI. If the URI
   contains a comma, question mark or semicolon, the URI MUST be
   enclosed in angle brackets (< and >). Any URI parameters are
   contained within these brackets. If the URI is not enclosed in angle
   brackets, any semicolon-delimited parameters are header-parameters,
   not URI parameters.

20.1 Accept

   The Accept header field follows the syntax defined in [H14.1]. The
   semantics are also identical, with the exception that if no Accept
   header field is present, the server SHOULD assume a default value of
   application/sdp




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 158]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


   An empty Accept header field means that no formats are acceptable.

   Example:

     Accept: application/sdp;level=1, application/x-private, text/html



20.2 Accept-Encoding

   The Accept-Encoding header field is similar to Accept, but restricts
   the content-codings [H3.5] that are acceptable in the response. See
   [H14.3]. The syntax of this header field is defined in [H14.3]. The
   semantics in SIP are identical to those defined in [H14.3].

   An empty Accept-Encoding header field is permissible, even though the
   syntax in [H14.3] does not provide for it. It is equivalent to
   Accept-Encoding: identity, that is, only the identity encoding,
   meaning no encoding, is permissible.


J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 166]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   If no Accept-Encoding header field is present, the server SHOULD
   assume a default value of identity.

   This differs slightly from the HTTP definition, which indicates that
   when not present, any encoding can be used, but the identity encoding
   is preferred.

   Example:


     Accept-Encoding: gzip



20.3 Accept-Language

   The Accept-Language header field is used in requests to indicate the
   preferred languages for reason phrases, session descriptions, or
   status responses carried as message bodies in the response. If no
   Accept-Language header field is present, the server SHOULD assume all
   languages are acceptable to the client.

   The Accept-Language header field follows the syntax defined in
   [H14.4].  The rules for ordering the languages based on the "q"
   parameter apply to SIP as well.

   Example:



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 159]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002


     Accept-Language: da, en-gb;q=0.8, en;q=0.7



20.4 Alert-Info

   When present in an INVITE request, the Alert-Info header field
   specifies an alternative ring tone to the UAS. When present in a 180
   (Ringing) response, the Alert-Info header field specifies an
   alternative ringback tone to the UAC. A typical usage is for a proxy
   to insert this header field to provide a distinctive ring feature.

   The Alert-Info header field can introduce security risks. These risks
   and the ways to handle them are discussed in Section 20.9, which
   discusses the Call-Info header field since the risks are identical.

   In addition, a user SHOULD be able to disable this feature
   selectively.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 167]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


        This helps prevent disruptions that could result from the
        use of this header field by untrusted elements.

   Example:

   Alert-Info: <http://www.example.com/sounds/moo.wav>



20.5 Allow

   The Allow header field lists the set of methods supported by the UA
   generating the message.

   All methods, including ACK and CANCEL, understood by the UA MUST be
   included in the list of methods in the Allow header field, when
   present. The absence of an Allow header field MUST NOT be interpreted
   to mean that the UA sending the message supports no methods.  Rather,
   it implies that the UA is not providing any information on what
   methods it supports.

   Supplying an Allow header field in responses to methods other than
   OPTIONS reduces the number of messages needed.

   Example:

     Allow: INVITE, ACK, OPTIONS, CANCEL, BYE




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 160]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002



20.6 Authentication-Info

   The Authentication-Info header field provides for mutual
   authentication with HTTP Digest. A UAS MAY include this header field
   in a 2xx response to a request that was successfully authenticated
   using digest based on the Authorization header field.

   Syntax and semantics follow those specified in RFC 2617 [17].

   Example:

     Authentication-Info: nextnonce="47364c23432d2e131a5fb210812c"



20.7 Authorization

   The Authorization header field contains authentication credentials of



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 168]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   a UA. Section 22.2 overviews the use of the Authorization header
   field, and Section 22.4 describes the syntax and semantics when used
   with HTTP authentication.

   This header field, along with Proxy-Authorization, breaks the general
   rules about multiple header field values. Although not a comma-
   separated list, this header field name may be present multiple times,
   and MUST NOT be combined into a single header line using the usual
   rules described in Section 7.3.

   In the example below, there are no quotes around the Digest
   parameter:


     Authorization: Digest username="Alice", realm="atlanta.com",
      nonce="84a4cc6f3082121f32b42a2187831a9e",
      response="7587245234b3434cc3412213e5f113a5432"



20.8 Call-ID

   The Call-ID header field uniquely identifies a particular invitation
   or all registrations of a particular client. A single multimedia
   conference can give rise to several calls with different Call-IDs,
   for example, if a user invites a single individual several times to
   the same (long-running) conference. Call-IDs are case-sensitive and
   are simply compared byte-by-byte.

   The compact form of the Call-ID header field is i.



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 161]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   Examples:

     Call-ID: f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6@biloxi.com
     i:f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6@192.0.2.4



20.9 Call-Info

   The Call-Info header field provides additional information about the
   caller or callee, depending on whether it is found in a request or
   response. The purpose of the URI is described by the "purpose"
   parameter. The "icon" parameter designates an image suitable as an
   iconic representation of the caller or callee. The "info" parameter
   describes the caller or callee in general, for example, through a web
   page. The "card" parameter provides a business card, for example, in
   vCard [35] [36] or LDIF [36] [37] formats. Additional tokens can be registered



J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 169]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 27, 2002


   using IANA and the procedures in Section 27.

   Use of the Call-Info header field can pose a security risk. If a
   callee fetches the URIs provided by a malicious caller, the callee
   may be at risk for displaying inappropriate or offensive content,
   dangerous or illegal content, and so on. Therefore, it is RECOMMENDED
   that a UA only render the information in the Call-Info header field
   if it can verify the authenticity of the element that originated the
   header field and trusts that element. This need not be the peer UA; a
   proxy can insert this header field into requests.

   Example:

   Call-Info: <http://wwww.example.com/alice/photo.jpg> ;purpose=icon,
     <http://www.example.com/alice/> ;purpose=info



20.10 Contact

   A Contact header field value provides a URI whose meaning depends on
   the type of request or response it is in.

   A Contact header field value can contain a display name, a URI with
   URI parameters, and header parameters.

   This document defines the Contact parameters "q" and "expires". These
   parameters are only used when the Contact is present in a REGISTER
   request or response, or in a 3xx response. Additional parameters may
   be defined in other specifications.




J. Rosenberg et. al.                                        [Page 162]

Internet Draft                    SIP                  February 21, 2002

   When the header field value contains a display name, the URI
   including all URI parameters is enclosed in "<" and ">". If no "<"
   and ">" are present, all parameters after the URI are header
   parameters, not URI parameters. The display name can be tokens, or a
   quoted string, if a larger character set is desired.

   Even if the "display-name" is empty, the "name-addr" form MUST be
   used if the